1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 105 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 106 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 107 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 108 * restrictions. 109 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 111 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 112 * not permitted using this channel 113 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 114 * not permitted using this channel 115 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 116 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 117 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 118 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 119 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 121 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 122 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Prevents the channel for use as an S1G 123 * primary channel. Does not prevent the wider operating channel 124 * described by the chandef from being used. In order for a 2MHz primary 125 * to be used, both 1MHz subchannels shall not contain this flag. 126 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 127 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 129 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not permitted on this channel. 130 */ 131 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 146 /* can use free bits here */ 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR = BIT(18), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY = BIT(27), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ = BIT(28), 158 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ = BIT(29), 159 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ = BIT(30), 160 }; 161 162 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 163 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 164 165 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 167 168 /** 169 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 170 * 171 * This structure describes a single channel for use 172 * with cfg80211. 173 * 174 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 175 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 176 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 177 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 178 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 179 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 180 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 181 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 182 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 183 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 184 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 185 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 186 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 187 * @orig_mag: internal use 188 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 189 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 190 * on this channel. 191 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 192 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 193 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) when CAC was 194 * started on this channel. Zero when CAC is not in progress. 195 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 196 */ 197 struct ieee80211_channel { 198 enum nl80211_band band; 199 u32 center_freq; 200 u16 freq_offset; 201 u16 hw_value; 202 u32 flags; 203 int max_antenna_gain; 204 int max_power; 205 int max_reg_power; 206 bool beacon_found; 207 u32 orig_flags; 208 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 209 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 210 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 211 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 212 u64 cac_start_time; 213 s8 psd; 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 218 * 219 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 220 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 221 * different bands/PHY modes. 222 * 223 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 224 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 225 * with CCK rates. 226 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 227 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 228 * core code when registering the wiphy. 229 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 230 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 231 * core code when registering the wiphy. 232 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 233 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 234 * core code when registering the wiphy. 235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 236 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 237 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 238 */ 239 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 240 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 242 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 243 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 244 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 245 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 246 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 251 * 252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 255 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 256 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 257 */ 258 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 262 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 263 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 264 }; 265 266 /** 267 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 268 * 269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 270 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 271 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 272 */ 273 enum ieee80211_privacy { 274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 275 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 276 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 277 }; 278 279 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 280 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 284 * 285 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 286 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 287 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 288 * passed around. 289 * 290 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 291 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 292 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 293 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 294 * short preamble is used 295 */ 296 struct ieee80211_rate { 297 u32 flags; 298 u16 bitrate; 299 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 300 }; 301 302 /** 303 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 304 * 305 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 306 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 307 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 308 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 309 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 310 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 311 * members of the SRG 312 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 313 * used by members of the SRG 314 */ 315 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 316 bool enable; 317 u8 sr_ctrl; 318 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 319 u8 min_offset; 320 u8 max_offset; 321 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 322 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 323 }; 324 325 /** 326 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 327 * 328 * @color: the current color. 329 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 330 * @partial: define the AID equation. 331 */ 332 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 333 u8 color; 334 bool enabled; 335 bool partial; 336 }; 337 338 /** 339 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 340 * 341 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 342 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 343 * 344 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 345 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 346 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 347 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 348 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 349 */ 350 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 351 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 352 bool ht_supported; 353 u8 ampdu_factor; 354 u8 ampdu_density; 355 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 356 }; 357 358 /** 359 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 360 * 361 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 362 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 363 * 364 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 365 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 366 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 367 */ 368 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 369 bool vht_supported; 370 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 371 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 372 }; 373 374 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 375 376 /** 377 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 378 * 379 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 380 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 381 * 382 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 383 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 384 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 385 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 386 */ 387 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 388 bool has_he; 389 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 390 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 391 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 392 }; 393 394 /** 395 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 396 * 397 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 398 * and NSS Set field" 399 * 400 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 401 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 402 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 403 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 404 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 407 union { 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 409 struct { 410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 411 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 412 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 413 } __packed bw; 414 } __packed; 415 } __packed; 416 417 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 418 419 /** 420 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 421 * 422 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 423 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 424 * 425 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 426 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 427 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 428 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 429 */ 430 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 431 bool has_eht; 432 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 433 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 434 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 435 }; 436 437 /** 438 * struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap - STA's UHR capabilities 439 * @has_uhr: true iff UHR is supported and data is valid 440 * @mac: fixed MAC capabilities 441 * @phy: fixed PHY capabilities 442 */ 443 struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap { 444 bool has_uhr; 445 struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_mac mac; 446 struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_phy phy; 447 }; 448 449 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 450 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 451 /* 452 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 453 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 454 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 455 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 456 */ 457 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 458 #else 459 # define __iftd 460 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 461 462 /** 463 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 464 * 465 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 466 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 467 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 468 * 469 * @types_mask: interface types mask 470 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 471 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 472 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 473 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 474 * @uhr_cap: STA's UHR capabilities 475 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 476 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 477 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 478 */ 479 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 480 u16 types_mask; 481 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 482 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 483 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 484 struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap uhr_cap; 485 struct { 486 const u8 *data; 487 unsigned int len; 488 } vendor_elems; 489 }; 490 491 /** 492 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 493 * 494 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 495 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 496 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 497 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 498 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 499 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 500 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 501 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 502 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 503 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 504 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 505 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 506 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 507 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 508 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 509 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 510 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 511 */ 512 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 513 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 514 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 515 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 516 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 517 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 518 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 519 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 520 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 521 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 522 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 523 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 524 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 525 }; 526 527 /** 528 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 529 * 530 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 531 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 532 * 533 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 534 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 535 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 536 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 537 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 538 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 539 */ 540 struct ieee80211_edmg { 541 u8 channels; 542 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 547 * 548 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 549 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 550 * 551 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 552 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 553 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 554 */ 555 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 556 bool s1g; 557 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 558 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 559 }; 560 561 /** 562 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 563 * 564 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 565 * is able to operate in. 566 * 567 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 568 * in this band. 569 * @band: the band this structure represents 570 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 571 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 572 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 573 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 574 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 575 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 576 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 577 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 578 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 579 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 580 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 581 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 582 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 583 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 584 * iftype_data). 585 */ 586 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 587 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 588 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 589 enum nl80211_band band; 590 int n_channels; 591 int n_bitrates; 592 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 593 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 594 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 595 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 596 u16 n_iftype_data; 597 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 598 }; 599 600 /** 601 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 602 * @sband: the sband to initialize 603 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 604 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 605 * 606 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 607 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 608 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 609 */ 610 static inline void 611 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 612 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 613 u16 n_iftd) 614 { 615 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 616 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 617 } 618 619 /** 620 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 621 * @sband: the sband to initialize 622 * @iftd: the iftype data array 623 */ 624 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 625 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 626 627 /** 628 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 629 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 630 * @i: iterator counter 631 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 632 */ 633 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 634 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 635 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 636 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 637 638 /** 639 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 640 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 641 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 642 * 643 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 644 */ 645 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 646 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 647 u8 iftype) 648 { 649 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 650 int i; 651 652 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) 653 return NULL; 654 655 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 656 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 657 658 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 659 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 660 return data; 661 } 662 663 return NULL; 664 } 665 666 /** 667 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 668 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 669 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 670 * 671 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 672 */ 673 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 674 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 675 u8 iftype) 676 { 677 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 678 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 679 680 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 681 return &data->he_cap; 682 683 return NULL; 684 } 685 686 /** 687 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 688 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 689 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 690 * 691 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 692 */ 693 static inline __le16 694 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 695 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 696 { 697 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 698 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 699 700 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 701 return 0; 702 703 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 704 } 705 706 /** 707 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return EHT capabilities for an sband's iftype 708 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 709 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 710 * 711 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 712 */ 713 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 714 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 715 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 716 { 717 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 718 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 719 720 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 721 return &data->eht_cap; 722 723 return NULL; 724 } 725 726 /** 727 * ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap - return UHR capabilities for an sband's iftype 728 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 729 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 730 * 731 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap, or NULL is none found 732 */ 733 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap * 734 ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 735 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 736 { 737 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 738 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 739 740 if (data && data->uhr_cap.has_uhr) 741 return &data->uhr_cap; 742 743 return NULL; 744 } 745 746 /** 747 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 748 * 749 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 750 * 751 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 752 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 753 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 754 * 755 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 756 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 757 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 758 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 759 * without affecting other devices. 760 * 761 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 762 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 763 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 764 */ 765 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 766 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 767 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 768 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 769 { 770 } 771 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 772 773 774 /* 775 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 776 */ 777 778 /** 779 * DOC: Actions and configuration 780 * 781 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 782 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 783 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 784 * operations use are described separately. 785 * 786 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 787 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 788 * 789 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 790 * in a separate chapter. 791 */ 792 793 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 794 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 795 796 /** 797 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 798 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 799 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 800 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 801 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 802 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 803 * determine the address as needed. 804 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 805 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 806 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 807 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 808 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 809 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 810 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 811 */ 812 struct vif_params { 813 u32 flags; 814 int use_4addr; 815 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 816 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 817 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 818 }; 819 820 /** 821 * struct key_params - key information 822 * 823 * Information about a key 824 * 825 * @key: key material 826 * @key_len: length of key material 827 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 828 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN), must be in little endian, 829 * length given by @seq_len. 830 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 831 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 832 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 833 * @ltf_keyseed: LTF key seed material 834 * @ltf_keyseed_len: length of LTF key seed material 835 */ 836 struct key_params { 837 const u8 *key; 838 const u8 *seq; 839 int key_len; 840 int seq_len; 841 u16 vlan_id; 842 u32 cipher; 843 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 844 const u8 *ltf_keyseed; 845 size_t ltf_keyseed_len; 846 }; 847 848 /** 849 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 850 * @chan: the (control) channel 851 * @npca_chan: the NPCA primary channel 852 * Note that if DBE is in use, this channel may appear to be 853 * inside the primary half of the chandef. Implementations 854 * can use the position of this channel to understand how 855 * NPCA is used. 856 * @width: channel width 857 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 858 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 859 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 860 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 861 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 862 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 863 * parameters are ignored. 864 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 865 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 866 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 867 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 868 * @npca_punctured: NPCA puncturing bitmap, like @punctured but for 869 * NPCA transmissions. If NPCA is used (@npca_chan is not %NULL) 870 * this will be a superset of the @punctured bimap. 871 * Note that if DBE is used, this bitmap is also shifted to be in 872 * accordance with the overall chandef bandwidth. 873 * @s1g_primary_2mhz: Indicates if the control channel pointed to 874 * by 'chan' exists as a 1MHz primary subchannel within an 875 * S1G 2MHz primary channel. 876 */ 877 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 878 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 879 struct ieee80211_channel *npca_chan; 880 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 881 u32 center_freq1; 882 u32 center_freq2; 883 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 884 u16 freq1_offset; 885 u16 punctured, npca_punctured; 886 bool s1g_primary_2mhz; 887 }; 888 889 /* 890 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 891 */ 892 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 893 struct { 894 u32 legacy; 895 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 896 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 897 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 898 u16 eht_mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 899 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 900 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 901 enum nl80211_eht_gi eht_gi; 902 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 903 enum nl80211_eht_ltf eht_ltf; 904 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 905 }; 906 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 910 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 911 * of the peer. 912 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 913 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 914 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 915 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 916 * @retry_long: retry count value 917 * @retry_short: retry count value 918 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 919 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 920 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 921 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 922 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 923 */ 924 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 925 bool config_override; 926 u8 tids; 927 u64 mask; 928 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 929 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 930 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 931 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 932 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 933 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 934 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 935 }; 936 937 /** 938 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 939 * @peer: Station's MAC address 940 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 941 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 942 */ 943 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 944 const u8 *peer; 945 u32 n_tid_conf; 946 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 947 }; 948 949 /** 950 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 951 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 952 * @kek: FILS KEK 953 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 954 * @snonce: STA Nonce 955 * @anonce: AP Nonce 956 */ 957 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 958 const u8 *macaddr; 959 const u8 *kek; 960 u8 kek_len; 961 const u8 *snonce; 962 const u8 *anonce; 963 }; 964 965 /** 966 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 967 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 968 * addresses. 969 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 970 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 971 */ 972 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 973 const u8 *macaddr; 974 bool enable; 975 }; 976 977 /** 978 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 979 * @chandef: the channel definition 980 * 981 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 982 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 983 */ 984 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 985 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 switch (chandef->width) { 988 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 989 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 990 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 991 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 992 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 993 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 994 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 995 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 996 default: 997 WARN_ON(1); 998 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 999 } 1000 } 1001 1002 /** 1003 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 1004 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 1005 * @channel: the control channel 1006 * @chantype: the channel type 1007 * 1008 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 1009 */ 1010 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1011 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 1012 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 1013 1014 /** 1015 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 1016 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1017 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1018 * 1019 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 1020 * identical, %false otherwise. 1021 */ 1022 static inline bool 1023 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1024 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 1025 { 1026 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 1027 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 1028 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 1029 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 1030 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 1031 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured && 1032 chandef1->s1g_primary_2mhz == chandef2->s1g_primary_2mhz && 1033 chandef1->npca_chan == chandef2->npca_chan && 1034 chandef1->npca_punctured == chandef2->npca_punctured); 1035 } 1036 1037 /** 1038 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 1039 * 1040 * @chandef: the channel definition 1041 * 1042 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 1043 */ 1044 static inline bool 1045 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1046 { 1047 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 1048 } 1049 1050 /** 1051 * cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g - check if chandef represents an S1G channel 1052 * @chandef: the channel definition 1053 * 1054 * Return: %true if S1G. 1055 */ 1056 static inline bool 1057 cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1058 { 1059 return chandef->chan->band == NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ; 1060 } 1061 1062 /** 1063 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 1064 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1065 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1066 * 1067 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 1068 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 1069 */ 1070 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 1071 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1072 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1073 1074 1075 /** 1076 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1077 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1078 * 1079 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1080 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1081 */ 1082 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1083 1084 /** 1085 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1086 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1087 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1088 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1089 */ 1090 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1091 { 1092 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1093 } 1094 1095 /** 1096 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1097 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1098 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1099 */ 1100 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1101 1102 /** 1103 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1104 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1105 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1106 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1107 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1108 */ 1109 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1110 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1111 u32 prohibited_flags); 1112 1113 /** 1114 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1115 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1116 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1117 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1118 * Returns: 1119 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1120 */ 1121 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1122 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1123 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1124 1125 /** 1126 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1127 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1128 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1129 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1130 * 1131 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1132 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1133 */ 1134 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1135 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1136 1137 /** 1138 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1139 * channel definition 1140 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1141 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1142 * 1143 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1144 */ 1145 unsigned int 1146 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1147 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1148 1149 /** 1150 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1151 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1152 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1153 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1154 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1155 * 1156 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1157 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1158 */ 1159 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1160 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1161 u16 *punctured); 1162 1163 /** 1164 * cfg80211_chandef_npca_valid - check that NPCA information is valid 1165 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for, for channel pointer lookup 1166 * @chandef: the BSS channel chandef to check against 1167 * @npca: NPCA information, can be %NULL in which case this 1168 * always returns %true 1169 * 1170 * Note that DBE must not have been configured into the chandef yet 1171 * before checking NPCA, i.e. @chandef must represent the BSS channel. 1172 * 1173 * Returns: %true if the NPCA channel and puncturing bitmap are valid 1174 * according to the chandef, %false otherwise 1175 */ 1176 bool cfg80211_chandef_npca_valid(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1177 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1178 const struct ieee80211_uhr_npca_info *npca); 1179 1180 /** 1181 * cfg80211_chandef_add_npca - parse and add NPCA information to chandef 1182 * @wiphy: the wiphy this will be used for, for channel pointer lookup 1183 * @chandef: the chandef to modify, must be a valid chandef without NPCA 1184 * @npca: the NPCA information, can be %NULL 1185 * 1186 * Returns: 0 if the NPCA information was added and the resulting 1187 * chandef is valid, a negative error code on errors 1188 */ 1189 int cfg80211_chandef_add_npca(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1190 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1191 const struct ieee80211_uhr_npca_info *npca); 1192 1193 /** 1194 * cfg80211_chandef_add_dbe - parse and add DBE information to chandef 1195 * @chandef: the chandef to expand 1196 * @dbe: the DBE information, must be size-checked if not %NULL 1197 * 1198 * Returns: 0 for success, a negative error code otherwise 1199 */ 1200 int cfg80211_chandef_add_dbe(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1201 const struct ieee80211_uhr_dbe_info *dbe); 1202 1203 /** 1204 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1205 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1206 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1207 * 1208 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1209 **/ 1210 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1211 1212 /** 1213 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1214 * 1215 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1216 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1217 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1218 * 1219 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1220 * 1221 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1222 */ 1223 static inline int 1224 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1225 { 1226 switch (chandef->width) { 1227 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1228 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1229 chandef->chan->max_power); 1230 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1231 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1232 chandef->chan->max_power); 1233 default: 1234 break; 1235 } 1236 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1237 } 1238 1239 /** 1240 * cfg80211_chandef_s1g_pri_width - return S1G primary width in MHz 1241 * 1242 * An S1G interface may have a primary channel width of either 1 1243 * or 2MHz depending on whether chandef::s1g_primary_2mhz is set. 1244 * 1245 * Note: There is _always_ a 1MHz primary subchannel, regardless 1246 * of the primary width. So chandef::chan always points to this 1247 * 1MHz primary channel. 1248 * 1249 * @chandef: the chandef to use 1250 * 1251 * Returns: width in MHz of the S1G primary channel in use 1252 */ 1253 static inline int 1254 cfg80211_chandef_s1g_pri_width(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1255 { 1256 return chandef->s1g_primary_2mhz ? 2 : 1; 1257 } 1258 1259 /** 1260 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1261 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1262 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1263 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1264 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1265 * 1266 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1267 */ 1268 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1269 unsigned long band_mask, 1270 u32 prohibited_flags); 1271 1272 /** 1273 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1274 * 1275 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1276 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1277 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1278 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1279 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1280 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1281 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1282 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1283 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1284 * 1285 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1286 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1287 */ 1288 enum survey_info_flags { 1289 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1290 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1291 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1292 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1293 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1294 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1295 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1296 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1297 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1298 }; 1299 1300 /** 1301 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1302 * 1303 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1304 * record to report global statistics 1305 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1306 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1307 * optional 1308 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1309 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1310 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1311 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1312 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1313 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1314 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1315 * 1316 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1317 * 1318 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1319 * channel duty cycle etc. 1320 */ 1321 struct survey_info { 1322 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1323 u64 time; 1324 u64 time_busy; 1325 u64 time_ext_busy; 1326 u64 time_rx; 1327 u64 time_tx; 1328 u64 time_scan; 1329 u64 time_bss_rx; 1330 u32 filled; 1331 s8 noise; 1332 }; 1333 1334 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1335 1336 /** 1337 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1338 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1339 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1340 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1341 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1342 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1343 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1344 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1345 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1346 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1347 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1348 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1349 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1350 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1351 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1352 * protocol frames. 1353 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1354 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1355 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1356 * port for mac80211 1357 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1358 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1359 * offload) 1360 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1361 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1362 * 1363 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1364 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1365 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1366 * such a scenario. 1367 * 1368 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1369 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1370 * 1371 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1372 * Allow hash-to-element only 1373 * 1374 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1375 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1376 */ 1377 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1378 u32 wpa_versions; 1379 u32 cipher_group; 1380 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1381 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1382 int n_akm_suites; 1383 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1384 bool control_port; 1385 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1386 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1387 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1388 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1389 const u8 *psk; 1390 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1391 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1392 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1393 }; 1394 1395 /** 1396 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1397 * 1398 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1399 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1400 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1401 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1402 */ 1403 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1404 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1405 u8 tx_link_id; 1406 u8 index; 1407 bool ema; 1408 }; 1409 1410 /** 1411 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1412 * 1413 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1414 * 1415 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1416 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1417 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1418 */ 1419 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1420 u8 cnt; 1421 struct { 1422 const u8 *data; 1423 size_t len; 1424 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1425 }; 1426 1427 /** 1428 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1429 * 1430 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1431 * 1432 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1433 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1434 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1435 */ 1436 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1437 u8 cnt; 1438 struct { 1439 const u8 *data; 1440 size_t len; 1441 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1442 }; 1443 1444 /** 1445 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1446 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1447 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1448 * or %NULL if not changed 1449 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1450 * or %NULL if not changed 1451 * @head_len: length of @head 1452 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1453 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1454 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1455 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1456 * frames or %NULL 1457 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1458 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1459 * Response frames or %NULL 1460 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1461 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1462 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1463 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1464 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1465 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1466 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1467 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1468 * (measurement type 8) 1469 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1470 * Token (measurement type 11) 1471 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1472 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1473 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1474 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1475 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1476 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1477 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1478 * @ht_oper: HT operation element (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1479 * @vht_oper: VHT operation element (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1480 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1481 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1482 * @uhr_oper: UHR operation (or %NULL if UHR isn't enabled) 1483 */ 1484 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1485 unsigned int link_id; 1486 1487 const u8 *head, *tail; 1488 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1489 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1490 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1491 const u8 *probe_resp; 1492 const u8 *lci; 1493 const u8 *civicloc; 1494 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1495 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1496 s8 ftm_responder; 1497 1498 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1499 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1500 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1501 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1502 size_t probe_resp_len; 1503 size_t lci_len; 1504 size_t civicloc_len; 1505 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1506 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1507 1508 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1509 const struct ieee80211_ht_operation *ht_oper; 1510 const struct ieee80211_vht_operation *vht_oper; 1511 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1512 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1513 const struct ieee80211_uhr_operation *uhr_oper; 1514 }; 1515 1516 struct mac_address { 1517 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1518 }; 1519 1520 /** 1521 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1522 * 1523 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1524 * entry specified by mac_addr 1525 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1526 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1527 */ 1528 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1529 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1530 int n_acl_entries; 1531 1532 /* Keep it last */ 1533 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1534 }; 1535 1536 /** 1537 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1538 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1539 * 1540 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1541 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1542 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1543 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1544 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1545 * frame headers. 1546 */ 1547 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1548 bool update; 1549 u32 min_interval; 1550 u32 max_interval; 1551 size_t tmpl_len; 1552 const u8 *tmpl; 1553 }; 1554 1555 /** 1556 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1557 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1558 * 1559 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1560 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1561 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1562 * scanning 1563 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1564 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1565 */ 1566 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1567 bool update; 1568 u32 interval; 1569 size_t tmpl_len; 1570 const u8 *tmpl; 1571 }; 1572 1573 /** 1574 * struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon - S1G short beacon data. 1575 * 1576 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1577 * @short_head: Short beacon head. 1578 * @short_tail: Short beacon tail. 1579 * @short_head_len: Short beacon head len. 1580 * @short_tail_len: Short beacon tail len. 1581 */ 1582 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon { 1583 bool update; 1584 const u8 *short_head; 1585 const u8 *short_tail; 1586 size_t short_head_len; 1587 size_t short_tail_len; 1588 }; 1589 1590 /** 1591 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1592 * 1593 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1594 * 1595 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1596 * @beacon: beacon data 1597 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1598 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1599 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1600 * user space) 1601 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1602 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1603 * @crypto: crypto settings 1604 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1605 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1606 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1607 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1608 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1609 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1610 * MAC address based access control 1611 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1612 * networks. 1613 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1614 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1615 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1616 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1617 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1618 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1619 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1620 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1621 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1622 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1623 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1624 * @s1g_long_beacon_period: S1G long beacon period 1625 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1626 */ 1627 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1628 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1629 1630 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1631 1632 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1633 const u8 *ssid; 1634 size_t ssid_len; 1635 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1636 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1637 bool privacy; 1638 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1639 int inactivity_timeout; 1640 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1641 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1642 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1643 bool pbss; 1644 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1645 1646 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1647 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1648 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1649 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1650 bool twt_responder; 1651 u32 flags; 1652 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1653 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1654 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1655 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1656 u8 s1g_long_beacon_period; 1657 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1658 }; 1659 1660 1661 /** 1662 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1663 * 1664 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1665 * 1666 * @beacon: beacon data 1667 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1668 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1669 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1670 */ 1671 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1672 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1673 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1674 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1675 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1676 }; 1677 1678 /** 1679 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1680 * 1681 * Used for channel switch 1682 * 1683 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1684 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1685 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1686 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1687 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1688 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1689 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1690 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1691 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1692 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1693 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1694 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1695 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1696 */ 1697 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1698 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1699 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1700 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1701 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1702 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1703 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1704 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1705 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1706 bool radar_required; 1707 bool block_tx; 1708 u8 count; 1709 u8 link_id; 1710 }; 1711 1712 /** 1713 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1714 * 1715 * Used for bss color change 1716 * 1717 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1718 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1719 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1720 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1721 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1722 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1723 * @color: the color used after the change 1724 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1725 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1726 */ 1727 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1728 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1729 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1730 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1731 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1732 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1733 u8 count; 1734 u8 color; 1735 u8 link_id; 1736 }; 1737 1738 /** 1739 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1740 * 1741 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1742 * 1743 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1744 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1745 * to use for verification 1746 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1747 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1748 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1749 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1750 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1751 * nl80211_iftype. 1752 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1753 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1754 * the verification 1755 */ 1756 struct iface_combination_params { 1757 int radio_idx; 1758 int num_different_channels; 1759 u8 radar_detect; 1760 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1761 u32 new_beacon_int; 1762 }; 1763 1764 /** 1765 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1766 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1767 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1768 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1769 * 1770 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1771 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1772 */ 1773 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1774 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1775 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1776 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1777 }; 1778 1779 /** 1780 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1781 * 1782 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1783 * 1784 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1785 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1786 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1787 * power per-interface or per-station. 1788 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1789 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1790 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1791 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1792 * per peer TPC. 1793 */ 1794 struct sta_txpwr { 1795 s16 power; 1796 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1797 }; 1798 1799 /** 1800 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1801 * 1802 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1803 * 1804 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1805 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1806 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1807 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1808 * (or NULL for no change) 1809 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1810 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1811 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1812 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1813 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1814 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1815 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1816 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1817 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1818 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1819 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1820 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1821 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1822 * @uhr_capa: UHR capabilities of the station 1823 * @uhr_capa_len: the length of the UHR capabilities 1824 */ 1825 struct link_station_parameters { 1826 const u8 *mld_mac; 1827 int link_id; 1828 const u8 *link_mac; 1829 const u8 *supported_rates; 1830 u8 supported_rates_len; 1831 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1832 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1833 u8 opmode_notif; 1834 bool opmode_notif_used; 1835 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1836 u8 he_capa_len; 1837 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1838 bool txpwr_set; 1839 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1840 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1841 u8 eht_capa_len; 1842 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1843 const struct ieee80211_uhr_cap *uhr_capa; 1844 u8 uhr_capa_len; 1845 }; 1846 1847 /** 1848 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1849 * 1850 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1851 * 1852 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1853 * @link_id: the link id 1854 */ 1855 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1856 const u8 *mld_mac; 1857 u32 link_id; 1858 }; 1859 1860 /** 1861 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1862 * 1863 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1864 * 1865 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1866 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1867 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1868 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1869 */ 1870 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1871 u16 dlink[8]; 1872 u16 ulink[8]; 1873 }; 1874 1875 /** 1876 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1877 * 1878 * Used to change and create a new station. 1879 * 1880 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1881 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1882 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1883 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1884 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1885 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1886 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1887 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1888 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1889 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1890 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1891 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1892 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1893 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1894 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1895 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1896 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1897 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1898 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1899 * to unknown) 1900 * @capability: station capability 1901 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1902 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1903 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1904 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1905 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1906 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1907 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1908 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1909 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1910 * present/updated 1911 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1912 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1913 * @epp_peer: EPP peer indication 1914 * @nmi_mac: MAC address of the NMI station of the NAN peer 1915 */ 1916 struct station_parameters { 1917 struct net_device *vlan; 1918 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1919 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1920 int listen_interval; 1921 u16 aid; 1922 u16 vlan_id; 1923 u16 peer_aid; 1924 u8 plink_action; 1925 u8 plink_state; 1926 u8 uapsd_queues; 1927 u8 max_sp; 1928 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1929 u16 capability; 1930 const u8 *ext_capab; 1931 u8 ext_capab_len; 1932 const u8 *supported_channels; 1933 u8 supported_channels_len; 1934 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1935 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1936 int support_p2p_ps; 1937 u16 airtime_weight; 1938 bool eml_cap_present; 1939 u16 eml_cap; 1940 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1941 bool epp_peer; 1942 const u8 *nmi_mac; 1943 }; 1944 1945 /** 1946 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1947 * 1948 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1949 * 1950 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1951 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1952 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1953 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1954 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1955 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1956 * remove all stations. 1957 */ 1958 struct station_del_parameters { 1959 const u8 *mac; 1960 u8 subtype; 1961 u16 reason_code; 1962 int link_id; 1963 }; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1967 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1968 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1969 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1970 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1971 * the AP MLME in the device 1972 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1973 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1974 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1975 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1976 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1977 * supported/used) 1978 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1979 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1980 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1981 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1982 * @CFG80211_STA_NAN_MGMT: NAN management interface station 1983 * @CFG80211_STA_NAN_DATA: NAN data path station 1984 */ 1985 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1986 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1987 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1988 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1989 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1990 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1991 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1992 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1993 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1994 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1995 CFG80211_STA_NAN_MGMT, 1996 CFG80211_STA_NAN_DATA, 1997 }; 1998 1999 /** 2000 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 2001 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 2002 * @params: the new parameters for a station 2003 * @statype: the type of station being modified 2004 * 2005 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 2006 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 2007 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 2008 * 2009 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 2010 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 2011 * use them before calling this. 2012 */ 2013 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 2014 struct station_parameters *params, 2015 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 2016 2017 /** 2018 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 2019 * 2020 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 2021 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 2022 * 2023 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 2024 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 2025 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2026 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 2027 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 2028 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 2029 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 2030 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 2031 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 2032 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS information 2033 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS: UHR ELR MCS was used 2034 * (set together with @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS) 2035 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation 2036 * was used 2037 */ 2038 enum rate_info_flags { 2039 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 2040 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 2041 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 2042 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 2043 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 2044 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 2045 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 2046 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 2047 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 2048 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS = BIT(9), 2049 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS = BIT(10), 2050 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM = BIT(11), 2051 }; 2052 2053 /** 2054 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 2055 * 2056 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 2057 * 2058 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 2059 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 2060 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 2061 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 2062 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 2063 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 2064 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 2065 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 2066 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT/UHR RU allocation 2067 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 2068 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 2069 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 2070 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 2071 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 2072 */ 2073 enum rate_info_bw { 2074 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 2075 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 2076 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 2077 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 2078 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 2079 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 2080 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 2081 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 2082 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 2083 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 2084 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 2085 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 2086 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 2087 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 2088 }; 2089 2090 /** 2091 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 2092 * 2093 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 2094 * 2095 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 2096 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 2097 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G/UHR rate 2098 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 2099 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 2100 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 2101 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 2102 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 2103 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 2104 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 2105 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 2106 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 2107 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 2108 */ 2109 struct rate_info { 2110 u16 flags; 2111 u16 legacy; 2112 u8 mcs; 2113 u8 nss; 2114 u8 bw; 2115 u8 he_gi; 2116 u8 he_dcm; 2117 u8 he_ru_alloc; 2118 u8 n_bonded_ch; 2119 u8 eht_gi; 2120 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 2121 }; 2122 2123 /** 2124 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 2125 * 2126 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 2127 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 2128 * 2129 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 2130 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2131 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2132 */ 2133 enum bss_param_flags { 2134 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2135 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2136 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2137 }; 2138 2139 /** 2140 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 2141 * 2142 * Information about the currently associated BSS 2143 * 2144 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 2145 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 2146 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 2147 */ 2148 struct sta_bss_parameters { 2149 u8 flags; 2150 u8 dtim_period; 2151 u16 beacon_interval; 2152 }; 2153 2154 /** 2155 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 2156 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 2157 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2158 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 2159 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 2160 * @flows: number of new flows seen 2161 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 2162 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 2163 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 2164 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 2165 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 2166 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 2167 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 2168 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 2169 */ 2170 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2171 u32 filled; 2172 u32 backlog_bytes; 2173 u32 backlog_packets; 2174 u32 flows; 2175 u32 drops; 2176 u32 ecn_marks; 2177 u32 overlimit; 2178 u32 overmemory; 2179 u32 collisions; 2180 u32 tx_bytes; 2181 u32 tx_packets; 2182 u32 max_flows; 2183 }; 2184 2185 /** 2186 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2187 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2188 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2189 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2190 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2191 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2192 * transmitted MSDUs 2193 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2194 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2195 */ 2196 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2197 u32 filled; 2198 u64 rx_msdu; 2199 u64 tx_msdu; 2200 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2201 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2202 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2203 }; 2204 2205 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2206 2207 /** 2208 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2209 * 2210 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2211 * dump_station(). 2212 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2213 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2214 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2215 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2216 * in milliseconds 2217 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2218 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2219 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2220 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2221 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2222 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2223 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2224 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2225 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2226 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2227 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2228 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2229 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2230 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2231 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2232 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2233 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2234 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2235 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2236 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2237 * towards this station. 2238 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2239 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2240 * from this peer 2241 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2242 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2243 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2244 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2245 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2246 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2247 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2248 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2249 * been sent. 2250 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2251 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2252 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2253 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2254 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2255 */ 2256 struct link_station_info { 2257 u64 filled; 2258 u32 connected_time; 2259 u32 inactive_time; 2260 u64 assoc_at; 2261 u64 rx_bytes; 2262 u64 tx_bytes; 2263 s8 signal; 2264 s8 signal_avg; 2265 2266 u8 chains; 2267 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2268 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2269 2270 struct rate_info txrate; 2271 struct rate_info rxrate; 2272 u32 rx_packets; 2273 u32 tx_packets; 2274 u32 tx_retries; 2275 u32 tx_failed; 2276 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2277 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2278 2279 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2280 2281 u32 expected_throughput; 2282 2283 u64 tx_duration; 2284 u64 rx_duration; 2285 u64 rx_beacon; 2286 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2287 2288 u16 airtime_weight; 2289 2290 s8 ack_signal; 2291 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2292 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2293 2294 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2295 u32 fcs_err_count; 2296 2297 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2298 }; 2299 2300 /** 2301 * struct station_info - station information 2302 * 2303 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2304 * 2305 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2306 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2307 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2308 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2309 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2310 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2311 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2312 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2313 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2314 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2315 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2316 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2317 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2318 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2319 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2320 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2321 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2322 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2323 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2324 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2325 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2326 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2327 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2328 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2329 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2330 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2331 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2332 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2333 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2334 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2335 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2336 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2337 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2338 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2339 * @llid: mesh local link id 2340 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2341 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2342 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2343 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2344 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2345 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2346 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2347 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2348 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2349 * towards this station. 2350 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2351 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2352 * from this peer 2353 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2354 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2355 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2356 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2357 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2358 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2359 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2360 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2361 * been sent. 2362 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2363 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2364 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2365 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2366 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2367 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2368 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2369 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2370 * dump_station() callbacks. 2371 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2372 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2373 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2374 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2375 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2376 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2377 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2378 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2379 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2380 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2381 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2382 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2383 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2384 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2385 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2386 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2387 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2388 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2389 */ 2390 struct station_info { 2391 u64 filled; 2392 u32 connected_time; 2393 u32 inactive_time; 2394 u64 assoc_at; 2395 u64 rx_bytes; 2396 u64 tx_bytes; 2397 s8 signal; 2398 s8 signal_avg; 2399 2400 u8 chains; 2401 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2402 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2403 2404 struct rate_info txrate; 2405 struct rate_info rxrate; 2406 u32 rx_packets; 2407 u32 tx_packets; 2408 u32 tx_retries; 2409 u32 tx_failed; 2410 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2411 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2412 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2413 2414 int generation; 2415 2416 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2417 2418 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2419 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2420 2421 s64 t_offset; 2422 u16 llid; 2423 u16 plid; 2424 u8 plink_state; 2425 u8 connected_to_gate; 2426 u8 connected_to_as; 2427 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2428 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2429 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2430 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2431 2432 u32 expected_throughput; 2433 2434 u16 airtime_weight; 2435 2436 s8 ack_signal; 2437 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2438 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2439 2440 u64 tx_duration; 2441 u64 rx_duration; 2442 u64 rx_beacon; 2443 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2444 2445 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2446 u32 fcs_err_count; 2447 2448 bool mlo_params_valid; 2449 u8 assoc_link_id; 2450 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2451 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2452 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2453 2454 u16 valid_links; 2455 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2456 }; 2457 2458 /** 2459 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2460 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2461 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2462 */ 2463 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2464 s32 power; 2465 u32 freq_range_index; 2466 }; 2467 2468 /** 2469 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2470 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2471 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2472 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2473 */ 2474 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2475 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2476 u32 num_sub_specs; 2477 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2478 }; 2479 2480 2481 /** 2482 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2483 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2484 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2485 */ 2486 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2487 u32 start_freq; 2488 u32 end_freq; 2489 }; 2490 2491 /** 2492 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2493 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2494 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2495 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2496 * 2497 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2498 * range to small ones and then append them. 2499 */ 2500 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2501 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2502 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2503 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2504 }; 2505 2506 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2507 /** 2508 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2509 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2510 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2511 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2512 * 2513 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2514 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2515 * considered undefined. 2516 */ 2517 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2518 struct station_info *sinfo); 2519 #else 2520 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2521 const u8 *mac_addr, 2522 struct station_info *sinfo) 2523 { 2524 return -ENOENT; 2525 } 2526 #endif 2527 2528 /** 2529 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2530 * 2531 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2532 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2533 * 2534 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2535 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2536 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2537 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2538 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2539 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2540 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2541 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2542 */ 2543 enum monitor_flags { 2544 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2545 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2546 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2547 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2548 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2549 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2550 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2551 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2552 }; 2553 2554 /** 2555 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2556 * 2557 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2558 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2559 * 2560 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2561 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2562 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2563 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2564 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2565 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2566 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2567 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2568 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2569 */ 2570 enum mpath_info_flags { 2571 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2572 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2573 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2574 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2575 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2576 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2577 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2578 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2579 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2580 }; 2581 2582 /** 2583 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2584 * 2585 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2586 * 2587 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2588 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2589 * @sn: target sequence number 2590 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2591 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2592 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2593 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2594 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2595 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2596 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2597 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2598 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2599 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2600 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2601 */ 2602 struct mpath_info { 2603 u32 filled; 2604 u32 frame_qlen; 2605 u32 sn; 2606 u32 metric; 2607 u32 exptime; 2608 u32 discovery_timeout; 2609 u8 discovery_retries; 2610 u8 flags; 2611 u8 hop_count; 2612 u32 path_change_count; 2613 2614 int generation; 2615 }; 2616 2617 /** 2618 * enum wiphy_bss_param_flags - bit positions for supported bss parameters. 2619 * 2620 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: support changing CTS protection. 2621 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: support changing short preamble usage. 2622 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: support changing short slot time usage. 2623 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES: support reconfiguring basic rates. 2624 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE: support changing AP isolation. 2625 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE: support changing HT operating mode. 2626 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW: support reconfiguring ctwindow. 2627 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS: support changing P2P opportunistic power-save. 2628 */ 2629 enum wiphy_bss_param_flags { 2630 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2631 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2632 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2633 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES = BIT(3), 2634 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE = BIT(4), 2635 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE = BIT(5), 2636 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW = BIT(6), 2637 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS = BIT(7), 2638 }; 2639 2640 /** 2641 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2642 * 2643 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2644 * 2645 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2646 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2647 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2648 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2649 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2650 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2651 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2652 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2653 * (or NULL for no change) 2654 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2655 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2656 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2657 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2658 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2659 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2660 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2661 */ 2662 struct bss_parameters { 2663 int link_id; 2664 int use_cts_prot; 2665 int use_short_preamble; 2666 int use_short_slot_time; 2667 const u8 *basic_rates; 2668 u8 basic_rates_len; 2669 int ap_isolate; 2670 int ht_opmode; 2671 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2672 }; 2673 2674 /** 2675 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2676 * 2677 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2678 * 2679 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2680 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2681 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2682 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2683 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2684 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2685 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2686 * mesh interface 2687 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2688 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2689 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2690 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2691 * elements 2692 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2693 * detect compatible mesh peers 2694 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2695 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2696 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2697 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2698 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2699 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2700 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2701 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2702 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2703 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2704 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2705 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2706 * element 2707 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2708 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2709 * element 2710 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2711 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2712 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2713 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2714 * announcements are transmitted 2715 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2716 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2717 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2718 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2719 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2720 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2721 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2722 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2723 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2724 * station to establish a peer link 2725 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2726 * 2727 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2728 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2729 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2730 * 2731 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2732 * PREQs are transmitted. 2733 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2734 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2735 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2736 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2737 * setting for new peer links. 2738 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2739 * after transmitting its beacon. 2740 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2741 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2742 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2743 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2744 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2745 * in the mesh formation field. 2746 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2747 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2748 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2749 * in the mesh path table 2750 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2751 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2752 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2753 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2754 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2755 */ 2756 struct mesh_config { 2757 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2758 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2759 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2760 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2761 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2762 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2763 u8 element_ttl; 2764 bool auto_open_plinks; 2765 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2766 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2767 u32 path_refresh_time; 2768 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2769 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2770 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2771 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2772 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2773 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2774 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2775 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2776 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2777 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2778 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2779 s32 rssi_threshold; 2780 u16 ht_opmode; 2781 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2782 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2783 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2784 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2785 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2786 u32 plink_timeout; 2787 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2788 }; 2789 2790 /** 2791 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2792 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2793 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2794 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2795 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2796 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2797 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2798 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2799 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2800 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2801 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2802 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2803 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2804 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2805 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2806 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2807 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2808 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2809 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2810 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2811 * to operate on DFS channels. 2812 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2813 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2814 * 2815 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2816 */ 2817 struct mesh_setup { 2818 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2819 const u8 *mesh_id; 2820 u8 mesh_id_len; 2821 u8 sync_method; 2822 u8 path_sel_proto; 2823 u8 path_metric; 2824 u8 auth_id; 2825 const u8 *ie; 2826 u8 ie_len; 2827 bool is_authenticated; 2828 bool is_secure; 2829 bool user_mpm; 2830 u8 dtim_period; 2831 u16 beacon_interval; 2832 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2833 u32 basic_rates; 2834 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2835 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2836 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2837 }; 2838 2839 /** 2840 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2841 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2842 * 2843 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2844 */ 2845 struct ocb_setup { 2846 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2847 }; 2848 2849 /** 2850 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2851 * @ac: AC identifier 2852 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2853 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2854 * 1..32767] 2855 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2856 * 1..32767] 2857 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2858 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2859 */ 2860 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2861 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2862 u16 txop; 2863 u16 cwmin; 2864 u16 cwmax; 2865 u8 aifs; 2866 int link_id; 2867 }; 2868 2869 /** 2870 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2871 * 2872 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2873 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2874 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2875 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2876 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2877 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2878 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2879 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2880 * in the wiphy structure. 2881 * 2882 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2883 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2884 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2885 * 2886 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2887 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2888 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2889 * to userspace. 2890 */ 2891 2892 /** 2893 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2894 * @ssid: the SSID 2895 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2896 */ 2897 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2898 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2899 u8 ssid_len; 2900 }; 2901 2902 /** 2903 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2904 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2905 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2906 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2907 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2908 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2909 * userspace will be notified of that 2910 */ 2911 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2912 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2913 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2914 bool aborted; 2915 }; 2916 2917 /** 2918 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2919 * 2920 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2921 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2922 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2923 * which the above info is relevant to 2924 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2925 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2926 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2927 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2928 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2929 */ 2930 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2931 u32 short_ssid; 2932 u32 channel_idx; 2933 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2934 bool unsolicited_probe; 2935 bool short_ssid_valid; 2936 bool psc_no_listen; 2937 s8 psd_20; 2938 }; 2939 2940 /** 2941 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2942 * 2943 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2944 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2945 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2946 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2947 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2948 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2949 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2950 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2951 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2952 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2953 * %duration field. 2954 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2955 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2956 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2957 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2958 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2959 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2960 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2961 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2962 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2963 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2964 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2965 * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request 2966 * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a 2967 * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other 2968 * channels were requested 2969 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2970 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2971 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2972 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2973 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2974 */ 2975 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2976 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2977 int n_ssids; 2978 u32 n_channels; 2979 const u8 *ie; 2980 size_t ie_len; 2981 u16 duration; 2982 bool duration_mandatory; 2983 u32 flags; 2984 2985 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2986 2987 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2988 2989 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2990 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2991 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2992 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2993 unsigned long scan_start; 2994 bool no_cck; 2995 bool scan_6ghz; 2996 bool first_part; 2997 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2998 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2999 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 3000 3001 /* keep last */ 3002 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 3003 }; 3004 3005 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 3006 { 3007 int i; 3008 3009 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 3010 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 3011 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 3012 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 3013 } 3014 } 3015 3016 /** 3017 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 3018 * 3019 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 3020 * or no match (RSSI only) 3021 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 3022 * or no match (RSSI only) 3023 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 3024 */ 3025 struct cfg80211_match_set { 3026 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3027 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3028 s32 rssi_thold; 3029 }; 3030 3031 /** 3032 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 3033 * 3034 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 3035 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 3036 * infinite loop. 3037 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 3038 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 3039 */ 3040 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 3041 u32 interval; 3042 u32 iterations; 3043 }; 3044 3045 /** 3046 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 3047 * 3048 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 3049 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 3050 */ 3051 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 3052 enum nl80211_band band; 3053 s8 delta; 3054 }; 3055 3056 /** 3057 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 3058 * 3059 * @reqid: identifies this request. 3060 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 3061 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 3062 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 3063 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 3064 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 3065 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 3066 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 3067 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 3068 * (others are filtered out). 3069 * If omitted, all results are passed. 3070 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 3071 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 3072 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 3073 * @dev: the interface 3074 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 3075 * @channels: channels to scan 3076 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 3077 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 3078 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 3079 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 3080 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3081 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3082 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 3083 * index must be executed first. 3084 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 3085 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 3086 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 3087 * owned by a particular socket) 3088 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 3089 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 3090 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 3091 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 3092 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 3093 * supported. 3094 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 3095 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 3096 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 3097 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 3098 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 3099 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 3100 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 3101 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 3102 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 3103 * comparisons. 3104 */ 3105 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 3106 u64 reqid; 3107 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 3108 int n_ssids; 3109 u32 n_channels; 3110 const u8 *ie; 3111 size_t ie_len; 3112 u32 flags; 3113 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 3114 int n_match_sets; 3115 s32 min_rssi_thold; 3116 u32 delay; 3117 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 3118 int n_scan_plans; 3119 3120 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3121 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3122 3123 bool relative_rssi_set; 3124 s8 relative_rssi; 3125 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 3126 3127 /* internal */ 3128 struct wiphy *wiphy; 3129 struct net_device *dev; 3130 unsigned long scan_start; 3131 bool report_results; 3132 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3133 u32 owner_nlportid; 3134 bool nl_owner_dead; 3135 struct list_head list; 3136 3137 /* keep last */ 3138 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3139 }; 3140 3141 /** 3142 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 3143 * 3144 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 3145 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 3146 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 3147 */ 3148 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 3149 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 3150 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 3151 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 3152 }; 3153 3154 /** 3155 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 3156 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 3157 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 3158 * signal type 3159 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 3160 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 3161 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 3162 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 3163 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 3164 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 3165 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 3166 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 3167 * by %parent_bssid. 3168 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 3169 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 3170 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3171 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3172 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 3173 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 3174 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3175 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3176 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3177 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3178 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3179 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 3180 */ 3181 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 3182 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3183 s32 signal; 3184 u64 boottime_ns; 3185 u64 parent_tsf; 3186 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3187 u8 chains; 3188 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3189 3190 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 3191 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3192 3193 void *drv_data; 3194 }; 3195 3196 /** 3197 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 3198 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 3199 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 3200 * @len: length of the IEs 3201 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 3202 * @data: IE data 3203 */ 3204 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 3205 u64 tsf; 3206 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3207 int len; 3208 bool from_beacon; 3209 u8 data[]; 3210 }; 3211 3212 /** 3213 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3214 * 3215 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3216 * for use in scan results and similar. 3217 * 3218 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3219 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3220 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3221 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3222 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3223 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3224 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3225 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3226 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3227 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3228 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3229 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3230 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3231 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3232 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3233 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3234 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3235 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3236 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3237 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3238 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3239 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3240 * (multi-BSSID support) 3241 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3242 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3243 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3244 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3245 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3246 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3247 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3248 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3249 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3250 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3251 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3252 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3253 */ 3254 struct cfg80211_bss { 3255 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3256 3257 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3258 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3259 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3260 3261 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3262 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3263 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3264 3265 s32 signal; 3266 3267 u64 ts_boottime; 3268 3269 u16 beacon_interval; 3270 u16 capability; 3271 3272 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3273 u8 chains; 3274 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3275 3276 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3277 3278 u8 bssid_index; 3279 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3280 3281 u8 use_for; 3282 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3283 3284 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3285 }; 3286 3287 /** 3288 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3289 * @bss: the bss to search 3290 * @id: the element ID 3291 * 3292 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3293 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3294 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3295 */ 3296 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3297 3298 /** 3299 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3300 * @bss: the bss to search 3301 * @id: the element ID 3302 * 3303 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3304 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3305 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3306 */ 3307 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3308 { 3309 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3310 } 3311 3312 3313 /** 3314 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3315 * 3316 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3317 * authentication. 3318 * 3319 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3320 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3321 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3322 * supported by the station. 3323 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3324 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3325 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3326 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3327 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3328 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3329 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3330 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3331 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3332 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3333 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3334 * transaction sequence number field. 3335 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3336 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3337 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3338 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3339 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3340 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3341 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3342 */ 3343 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3344 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3345 const u8 *ie; 3346 size_t ie_len; 3347 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3348 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3349 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3350 const u8 *key; 3351 u8 key_len; 3352 s8 key_idx; 3353 const u8 *auth_data; 3354 size_t auth_data_len; 3355 s8 link_id; 3356 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3357 }; 3358 3359 /** 3360 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3361 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3362 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3363 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3364 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3365 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3366 * operation as a whole must fail. 3367 */ 3368 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3369 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3370 const u8 *elems; 3371 size_t elems_len; 3372 int error; 3373 }; 3374 3375 /** 3376 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3377 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3378 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3379 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3380 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3381 */ 3382 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3383 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3384 u16 rem_links; 3385 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3386 }; 3387 3388 /** 3389 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3390 * 3391 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3392 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3393 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3394 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3395 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3396 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3397 * request (connect callback). 3398 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3399 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3400 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3401 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3402 * flag is not set. 3403 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3404 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR: Disable UHR 3405 */ 3406 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3407 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3408 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3409 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3410 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3411 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3412 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3413 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3414 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3415 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR = BIT(8), 3416 }; 3417 3418 /** 3419 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3420 * 3421 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3422 * (re)association. 3423 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3424 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3425 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3426 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3427 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3428 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3429 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3430 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3431 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3432 * @crypto: crypto settings 3433 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3434 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3435 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3436 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3437 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3438 * frame. 3439 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3440 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3441 * (or %NULL for no change). 3442 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3443 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3444 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3445 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3446 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3447 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3448 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3449 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3450 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3451 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3452 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3453 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3454 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3455 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3456 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3457 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3458 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3459 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3460 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3461 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3462 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3463 * userspace for the association 3464 */ 3465 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3466 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3467 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3468 size_t ie_len; 3469 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3470 bool use_mfp; 3471 u32 flags; 3472 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3473 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3474 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3475 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3476 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3477 const u8 *fils_kek; 3478 size_t fils_kek_len; 3479 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3480 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3481 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3482 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3483 s8 link_id; 3484 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3485 }; 3486 3487 /** 3488 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3489 * 3490 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3491 * deauthentication. 3492 * 3493 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3494 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3495 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3496 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3497 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3498 * do not set a deauth frame 3499 */ 3500 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3501 const u8 *bssid; 3502 const u8 *ie; 3503 size_t ie_len; 3504 u16 reason_code; 3505 bool local_state_change; 3506 }; 3507 3508 /** 3509 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3510 * 3511 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3512 * disassociation. 3513 * 3514 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3515 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3516 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3517 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3518 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3519 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3520 */ 3521 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3522 const u8 *ap_addr; 3523 const u8 *ie; 3524 size_t ie_len; 3525 u16 reason_code; 3526 bool local_state_change; 3527 }; 3528 3529 /** 3530 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3531 * 3532 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3533 * method. 3534 * 3535 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3536 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3537 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3538 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3539 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3540 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3541 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3542 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3543 * @ie_len: length of that 3544 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3545 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3546 * after joining 3547 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3548 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3549 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3550 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3551 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3552 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3553 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3554 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3555 * to operate on DFS channels. 3556 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3557 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3558 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3559 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3560 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3561 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3562 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3563 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3564 */ 3565 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3566 const u8 *ssid; 3567 const u8 *bssid; 3568 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3569 const u8 *ie; 3570 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3571 u16 beacon_interval; 3572 u32 basic_rates; 3573 bool channel_fixed; 3574 bool privacy; 3575 bool control_port; 3576 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3577 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3578 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3579 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3580 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3581 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3582 int wep_tx_key; 3583 }; 3584 3585 /** 3586 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3587 * 3588 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3589 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3590 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3591 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3592 */ 3593 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3594 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3595 union { 3596 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3597 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3598 } param; 3599 }; 3600 3601 /** 3602 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3603 * 3604 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3605 * authentication and association. 3606 * 3607 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3608 * on scan results) 3609 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3610 * %NULL if not specified 3611 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3612 * results) 3613 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3614 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3615 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3616 * to use. 3617 * @ssid: SSID 3618 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3619 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3620 * @ie: IEs for association request 3621 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3622 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3623 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3624 * @crypto: crypto settings 3625 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3626 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3627 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3628 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3629 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3630 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3631 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3632 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3633 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3634 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3635 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3636 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3637 * networks. 3638 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3639 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3640 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3641 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3642 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3643 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3644 * frame. 3645 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3646 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3647 * data IE. 3648 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3649 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3650 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3651 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3652 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3653 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3654 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3655 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3656 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3657 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3658 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3659 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3660 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3661 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3662 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3663 */ 3664 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3665 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3666 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3667 const u8 *bssid; 3668 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3669 const u8 *ssid; 3670 size_t ssid_len; 3671 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3672 const u8 *ie; 3673 size_t ie_len; 3674 bool privacy; 3675 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3676 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3677 const u8 *key; 3678 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3679 u32 flags; 3680 int bg_scan_period; 3681 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3682 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3683 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3684 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3685 bool pbss; 3686 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3687 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3688 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3689 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3690 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3691 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3692 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3693 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3694 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3695 bool want_1x; 3696 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3697 }; 3698 3699 /** 3700 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3701 * 3702 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3703 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3704 * 3705 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3706 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3707 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3708 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3709 */ 3710 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3711 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3712 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3713 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3714 }; 3715 3716 /** 3717 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3718 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3719 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3720 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3721 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3722 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3723 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3724 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3725 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3726 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3727 */ 3728 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3729 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3730 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3731 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3732 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3733 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3734 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3735 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3736 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3737 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3738 }; 3739 3740 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3741 3742 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3743 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3744 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3745 3746 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3747 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3748 3749 /** 3750 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3751 * 3752 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3753 * caching. 3754 * 3755 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3756 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3757 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3758 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3759 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3760 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3761 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3762 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3763 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3764 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3765 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3766 * %NULL). 3767 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3768 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3769 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3770 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3771 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3772 * used for it expires. 3773 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3774 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3775 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3776 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3777 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3778 */ 3779 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3780 const u8 *bssid; 3781 const u8 *pmkid; 3782 const u8 *pmk; 3783 size_t pmk_len; 3784 const u8 *ssid; 3785 size_t ssid_len; 3786 const u8 *cache_id; 3787 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3788 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3789 }; 3790 3791 /** 3792 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3793 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3794 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3795 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3796 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3797 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3798 * 3799 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3800 * memory, free @mask only! 3801 */ 3802 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3803 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3804 int pattern_len; 3805 int pkt_offset; 3806 }; 3807 3808 /** 3809 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3810 * 3811 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3812 * @src: source IP address 3813 * @dst: destination IP address 3814 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3815 * @src_port: source port 3816 * @dst_port: destination port 3817 * @payload_len: data payload length 3818 * @payload: data payload buffer 3819 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3820 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3821 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3822 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3823 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3824 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3825 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3826 */ 3827 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3828 struct socket *sock; 3829 __be32 src, dst; 3830 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3831 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3832 int payload_len; 3833 const u8 *payload; 3834 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3835 u32 data_interval; 3836 u32 wake_len; 3837 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3838 u32 tokens_size; 3839 /* must be last, variable member */ 3840 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3841 }; 3842 3843 /** 3844 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3845 * 3846 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3847 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3848 * operating as normal during suspend 3849 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3850 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3851 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3852 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3853 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3854 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3855 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3856 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3857 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3858 * NULL if not configured. 3859 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3860 */ 3861 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3862 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3863 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3864 rfkill_release; 3865 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3866 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3867 int n_patterns; 3868 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3869 }; 3870 3871 /** 3872 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3873 * 3874 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3875 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3876 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3877 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3878 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3879 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3880 */ 3881 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3882 int delay; 3883 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3884 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3885 int n_patterns; 3886 }; 3887 3888 /** 3889 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3890 * 3891 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3892 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3893 * @n_rules: number of rules 3894 */ 3895 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3896 int n_rules; 3897 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3898 }; 3899 3900 /** 3901 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3902 * 3903 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3904 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3905 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3906 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3907 * occurred (in MHz) 3908 */ 3909 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3910 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3911 int n_channels; 3912 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3913 }; 3914 3915 /** 3916 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3917 * 3918 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3919 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3920 * match information. 3921 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3922 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3923 */ 3924 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3925 int n_matches; 3926 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3927 }; 3928 3929 /** 3930 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3931 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3932 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3933 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3934 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3935 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3936 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3937 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3938 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3939 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3940 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3941 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3942 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3943 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3944 * it is. 3945 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3946 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3947 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3948 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3949 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3950 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3951 */ 3952 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3953 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3954 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3955 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3956 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3957 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3958 s32 pattern_idx; 3959 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3960 const void *packet; 3961 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3962 }; 3963 3964 /** 3965 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3966 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3967 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3968 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3969 * @kek_len: length of kek 3970 * @kck_len: length of kck 3971 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3972 */ 3973 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3974 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3975 u32 akm; 3976 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3977 }; 3978 3979 /** 3980 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3981 * 3982 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3983 * 3984 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3985 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3986 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3987 */ 3988 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3989 u16 md; 3990 const u8 *ie; 3991 size_t ie_len; 3992 }; 3993 3994 /** 3995 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3996 * 3997 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3998 * 3999 * @chan: channel to use 4000 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 4001 * @wait: duration for ROC 4002 * @buf: buffer to transmit 4003 * @len: buffer length 4004 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 4005 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 4006 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 4007 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 4008 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 4009 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 4010 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 4011 */ 4012 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 4013 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 4014 bool offchan; 4015 unsigned int wait; 4016 const u8 *buf; 4017 size_t len; 4018 bool no_cck; 4019 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 4020 int n_csa_offsets; 4021 const u16 *csa_offsets; 4022 int link_id; 4023 }; 4024 4025 /** 4026 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 4027 * 4028 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 4029 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 4030 */ 4031 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 4032 u8 dscp; 4033 u8 up; 4034 }; 4035 4036 /** 4037 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 4038 * 4039 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 4040 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 4041 */ 4042 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 4043 u8 low; 4044 u8 high; 4045 }; 4046 4047 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 4048 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 4049 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 4050 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 4051 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 4052 4053 /** 4054 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 4055 * 4056 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 4057 * 4058 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 4059 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 4060 * the user priority DSCP range definition 4061 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 4062 */ 4063 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 4064 u8 num_des; 4065 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 4066 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 4067 }; 4068 4069 /** 4070 * DOC: Neighbor Awareness Networking (NAN) 4071 * 4072 * NAN uses two interface types: 4073 * 4074 * - %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: a non-netdev interface. This has two roles: (1) holds 4075 * the configuration of all NAN activities (DE parameters, synchronisation 4076 * parameters, local schedule, etc.), and (2) uses as the NAN Management 4077 * Interface (NMI), which is used for NAN management communication. 4078 * 4079 * - %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: The NAN Data Interface (NDI), used for data 4080 * communication with NAN peers. 4081 * 4082 * An NDI interface can only be started (IFF_UP) if the NMI one is running and 4083 * NAN is started. Before NAN is stopped, all associated NDI interfaces 4084 * must be stopped first. 4085 * 4086 * The local schedule specifies which channels the device is available on and 4087 * when. Must be cancelled before NAN is stopped. 4088 * 4089 * NAN Stations 4090 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4091 * 4092 * There are two types of stations corresponding to the two interface types: 4093 * 4094 * - NMI station: Represents the NAN peer. Peer-specific data such as the peer's 4095 * schedule and the HT, VHT and HE capabilities belongs to the NMI station. 4096 * Also used for Tx/Rx of NAN management frames to/from the peer. 4097 * Added on the %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN interface. 4098 * 4099 * - NDI station: Used for Tx/Rx of data frames (and non-NAN management frames) 4100 * for a specific NDP established with the NAN peer. Added on the 4101 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA interface. 4102 * 4103 * A peer may reuse its NMI address as the NDI address. In that case, two 4104 * separate stations should be added even though they share the same MAC 4105 * address. 4106 * 4107 * HT, VHT and HE capabilities should not changes after it was set. It is the 4108 * driver's responsibility to check that. 4109 * 4110 * An NDI station can only be added if the corresponding NMI station has already 4111 * been configured with HT (and possibly VHT and HE) capabilities. It is the 4112 * driver's responsibility to check that. 4113 * 4114 * All NDI stations must be removed before corresponding NMI station is removed. 4115 * Therefore, removing a NMI station implies that the associated NDI station(s) 4116 * (if any) will be removed first. 4117 * 4118 * NAN Dependencies 4119 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4120 * 4121 * The following diagram shows the dependencies between NAN components. 4122 * An arrow from A to B means A must be started/added before B, and B must be 4123 * stopped/removed before A: 4124 * 4125 * +-------------+ 4126 * | NMI iface |---(local schedule) 4127 * +------+------+ 4128 * / \ 4129 * v v 4130 * +-----------+ +-------------+ 4131 * | NDI iface | | NMI sta |---(peer schedule) 4132 * +-----+-----+ +------+------+ 4133 * \ / 4134 * v v 4135 * +----------+ 4136 * | NDI sta | 4137 * +----------+ 4138 */ 4139 4140 /** 4141 * struct cfg80211_nan_band_config - NAN band specific configuration 4142 * 4143 * @chan: Pointer to the IEEE 802.11 channel structure. The channel to be used 4144 * for NAN operations on this band. For 2.4 GHz band, this is always 4145 * channel 6. For 5 GHz band, the channel is either 44 or 149, according 4146 * to the regulatory constraints. If chan pointer is NULL the entire band 4147 * configuration entry is considered invalid and should not be used. 4148 * @rssi_close: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm 4149 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 4150 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 4151 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should 4152 * be greater than -60 dBm. 4153 * @rssi_middle: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm. 4154 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 4155 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 4156 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should be 4157 * greater than -75 dBm and less than rssi_close. 4158 * @awake_dw_interval: Committed DW interval. Valid values range: 0-5. 0 4159 * indicates no wakeup for DW and can't be used on 2.4GHz band, otherwise 4160 * 2^(n-1). 4161 * @disable_scan: If true, the device will not scan this band for cluster 4162 * merge. Disabling scan on 2.4 GHz band is not allowed. 4163 */ 4164 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config { 4165 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 4166 s8 rssi_close; 4167 s8 rssi_middle; 4168 u8 awake_dw_interval; 4169 bool disable_scan; 4170 }; 4171 4172 /** 4173 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 4174 * 4175 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 4176 * 4177 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 4178 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 4179 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4180 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4181 * @cluster_id: cluster ID used for NAN synchronization. This is a MAC address 4182 * that can take a value from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. 4183 * @scan_period: period (in seconds) between NAN scans. 4184 * @scan_dwell_time: dwell time (in milliseconds) for NAN scans. 4185 * @discovery_beacon_interval: interval (in TUs) for discovery beacons. 4186 * @enable_dw_notification: flag to enable/disable discovery window 4187 * notifications. 4188 * @band_cfgs: array of band specific configurations, indexed by 4189 * &enum nl80211_band values. 4190 * @extra_nan_attrs: pointer to additional NAN attributes. 4191 * @extra_nan_attrs_len: length of the additional NAN attributes. 4192 * @vendor_elems: pointer to vendor-specific elements. 4193 * @vendor_elems_len: length of the vendor-specific elements. 4194 */ 4195 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 4196 u8 master_pref; 4197 u8 bands; 4198 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4199 u16 scan_period; 4200 u16 scan_dwell_time; 4201 u8 discovery_beacon_interval; 4202 bool enable_dw_notification; 4203 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config band_cfgs[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4204 const u8 *extra_nan_attrs; 4205 u16 extra_nan_attrs_len; 4206 const u8 *vendor_elems; 4207 u16 vendor_elems_len; 4208 }; 4209 4210 #define CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS 32 4211 4212 /** 4213 * struct cfg80211_nan_channel - NAN channel configuration 4214 * 4215 * This struct defines a NAN channel configuration 4216 * 4217 * @chandef: the channel definition 4218 * @channel_entry: pointer to the Channel Entry blob as defined in Wi-Fi Aware 4219 * (TM) 4.0 specification Table 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN 4220 * Availability attribute). 4221 * @rx_nss: number of spatial streams supported on this channel 4222 */ 4223 struct cfg80211_nan_channel { 4224 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4225 const u8 *channel_entry; 4226 u8 rx_nss; 4227 }; 4228 4229 /** 4230 * struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched - NAN local schedule 4231 * 4232 * This struct defines NAN local schedule parameters 4233 * 4234 * @schedule: a mapping of time slots to chandef indexes in %nan_channels. 4235 * An unscheduled slot will be set to %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT. 4236 * @n_channels: number of channel definitions in %nan_channels. 4237 * @nan_avail_blob: pointer to NAN Availability attribute blob. 4238 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB for more details. 4239 * @nan_avail_blob_len: length of the @nan_avail_blob in bytes. 4240 * @deferred: if true, the command containing this schedule configuration is a 4241 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This 4242 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers, 4243 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot 4244 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). 4245 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details. 4246 * If false, the schedule is applied immediately. 4247 * @nan_channels: array of NAN channel definitions that can be scheduled. 4248 */ 4249 struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched { 4250 u8 schedule[CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS]; 4251 u8 n_channels; 4252 const u8 *nan_avail_blob; 4253 u16 nan_avail_blob_len; 4254 bool deferred; 4255 struct cfg80211_nan_channel nan_channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 4256 }; 4257 4258 /** 4259 * struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map - NAN peer schedule map 4260 * 4261 * This struct defines a single NAN peer schedule map 4262 * 4263 * @map_id: map ID of this schedule map 4264 * @schedule: a mapping of time slots to chandef indexes in the schedule's 4265 * @nan_channels. Each slot lasts 16TUs. An unscheduled slot will be 4266 * set to %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT. 4267 */ 4268 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map { 4269 u8 map_id; 4270 u8 schedule[CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS]; 4271 }; 4272 4273 #define CFG80211_NAN_MAX_PEER_MAPS 2 4274 #define CFG80211_NAN_INVALID_MAP_ID 0xff 4275 4276 /** 4277 * struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched - NAN peer schedule 4278 * 4279 * This struct defines NAN peer schedule parameters for a peer. 4280 * 4281 * @peer_addr: MAC address of the peer (NMI address) 4282 * @seq_id: sequence ID of the peer schedule. 4283 * @committed_dw: committed DW as published by the peer. 4284 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW 4285 * @max_chan_switch: maximum channel switch time in microseconds as published 4286 * by the peer. See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME. 4287 * @init_ulw: initial ULWs as published by the peer. 4288 * @ulw_size: number of bytes in @init_ulw. 4289 * @n_channels: number of channel definitions in @nan_channels. 4290 * @nan_channels: array of NAN channel definitions for this schedule. 4291 * @maps: array of peer schedule maps. Unused entries have 4292 * map_id = %CFG80211_NAN_INVALID_MAP_ID. 4293 */ 4294 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched { 4295 const u8 *peer_addr; 4296 u8 seq_id; 4297 u16 committed_dw; 4298 u16 max_chan_switch; 4299 const u8 *init_ulw; 4300 u16 ulw_size; 4301 u8 n_channels; 4302 struct cfg80211_nan_channel *nan_channels; 4303 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map maps[CFG80211_NAN_MAX_PEER_MAPS]; 4304 }; 4305 4306 /** 4307 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 4308 * configuration 4309 * 4310 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 4311 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 4312 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG: changed additional configuration. 4313 * When this flag is set, it indicates that some additional attribute(s) 4314 * (other then master_pref and bands) have been changed. In this case, 4315 * all the unchanged attributes will be properly configured to their 4316 * previous values. The driver doesn't need to store any 4317 * previous configuration besides master_pref and bands. 4318 */ 4319 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 4320 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 4321 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 4322 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG = BIT(2), 4323 }; 4324 4325 /** 4326 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 4327 * 4328 * @filter: the content of the filter 4329 * @len: the length of the filter 4330 */ 4331 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 4332 const u8 *filter; 4333 u8 len; 4334 }; 4335 4336 /** 4337 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 4338 * 4339 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 4340 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 4341 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 4342 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 4343 * implementation specific. 4344 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 4345 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 4346 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 4347 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 4348 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 4349 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 4350 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 4351 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 4352 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 4353 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 4354 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 4355 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 4356 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 4357 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 4358 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 4359 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 4360 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 4361 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 4362 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 4363 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 4364 */ 4365 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 4366 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 4367 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 4368 u8 publish_type; 4369 bool close_range; 4370 bool publish_bcast; 4371 bool subscribe_active; 4372 u8 followup_id; 4373 u8 followup_reqid; 4374 struct mac_address followup_dest; 4375 u32 ttl; 4376 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 4377 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 4378 bool srf_include; 4379 const u8 *srf_bf; 4380 u8 srf_bf_len; 4381 u8 srf_bf_idx; 4382 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 4383 int srf_num_macs; 4384 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 4385 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 4386 u8 num_tx_filters; 4387 u8 num_rx_filters; 4388 u8 instance_id; 4389 u64 cookie; 4390 }; 4391 4392 /** 4393 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 4394 * 4395 * @aa: authenticator address 4396 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 4397 * @pmk: the PMK material 4398 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 4399 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 4400 * holds PMK-R0. 4401 */ 4402 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 4403 const u8 *aa; 4404 u8 pmk_len; 4405 const u8 *pmk; 4406 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 4407 }; 4408 4409 /** 4410 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 4411 * 4412 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 4413 * 4414 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 4415 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 4416 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 4417 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 4418 * authentication response command interface. 4419 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 4420 * authentication response command interface. 4421 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 4422 * authentication request event interface. 4423 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 4424 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 4425 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 4426 * response command interface (user space to driver). 4427 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 4428 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 4429 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 4430 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 4431 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 4432 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 4433 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4434 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4435 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4436 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4437 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4438 * chosen for the authentication. 4439 */ 4440 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4441 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4442 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4443 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4444 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4445 u16 status; 4446 const u8 *pmkid; 4447 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4448 }; 4449 4450 /** 4451 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4452 * 4453 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4454 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4455 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4456 * answered 4457 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4458 * successfully answered 4459 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4460 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4461 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4462 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4463 * of how much time the responder was busy 4464 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4465 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4466 * the responder 4467 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4468 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4469 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4470 */ 4471 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4472 u32 filled; 4473 u32 success_num; 4474 u32 partial_num; 4475 u32 failed_num; 4476 u32 asap_num; 4477 u32 non_asap_num; 4478 u64 total_duration_ms; 4479 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4480 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4481 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4482 }; 4483 4484 /** 4485 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4486 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4487 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4488 * reason than just "failure" 4489 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4490 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4491 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4492 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4493 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4494 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4495 * by the responder 4496 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4497 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4498 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4499 * @burst_period: actual burst period negotiated in units of 100ms 4500 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4501 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4502 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4503 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4504 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4505 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4506 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4507 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4508 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4509 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4510 * the square root of the variance) 4511 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4512 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4513 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4514 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4515 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4516 * @tx_ltf_repetition_count: negotiated value of number of tx ltf repetitions 4517 * in NDP frames 4518 * @rx_ltf_repetition_count: negotiated value of number of rx ltf repetitions 4519 * in NDP frames 4520 * @max_time_between_measurements: the negotiated maximum interval (in units of 4521 * 10 ms) by which the ISTA must complete the next measurement cycle. 4522 * @min_time_between_measurements: the negotiated minimum interval (in units of 4523 * 100 us) between two consecutive range measurements initiated by the 4524 * ISTA. 4525 * @num_tx_spatial_streams: number of Tx space-time streams used in the NDP 4526 * frame during the measurement sounding phase. 4527 * @num_rx_spatial_streams: number of Rx space-time streams used in the NDP 4528 * frame during the measurement sounding phase. 4529 * @nominal_time: negotiated nominal duration between adjacent availability 4530 * windows in units of milliseconds (u32). 4531 * @availability_window: negotiated availability window time used in this 4532 * session in units of milliseconds (u8). 4533 * @chan_width: band width used for measurement. 4534 * @preamble: preamble used for measurement. 4535 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4536 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4537 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4538 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4539 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4540 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4541 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4542 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4543 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4544 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4545 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4546 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4547 * @tx_ltf_repetition_count_valid: @tx_ltf_repetition_count is valid 4548 * @rx_ltf_repetition_count_valid: @rx_ltf_repetition_count is valid 4549 * @max_time_between_measurements_valid: @max_time_between_measurements is valid 4550 * @min_time_between_measurements_valid: @min_time_between_measurements is valid 4551 * @num_tx_spatial_streams_valid: @num_tx_spatial_streams is valid 4552 * @num_rx_spatial_streams_valid: @num_rx_spatial_streams is valid 4553 * @nominal_time_valid: @nominal_time is valid 4554 * @availability_window_valid: @availability_window is valid 4555 * @chan_width_valid: @chan_width is valid. 4556 * @preamble_valid: @preamble is valid. 4557 * @is_delayed_lmr: indicates if the reported LMR is of the current burst or the 4558 * previous burst, flag. 4559 */ 4560 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4561 const u8 *lci; 4562 const u8 *civicloc; 4563 unsigned int lci_len; 4564 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4565 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4566 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4567 s16 burst_index; 4568 u8 busy_retry_time; 4569 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4570 u8 burst_duration; 4571 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4572 u16 burst_period; 4573 s32 rssi_avg; 4574 s32 rssi_spread; 4575 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4576 s64 rtt_avg; 4577 s64 rtt_variance; 4578 s64 rtt_spread; 4579 s64 dist_avg; 4580 s64 dist_variance; 4581 s64 dist_spread; 4582 u32 tx_ltf_repetition_count; 4583 u32 rx_ltf_repetition_count; 4584 u32 max_time_between_measurements; 4585 u32 min_time_between_measurements; 4586 u8 num_tx_spatial_streams; 4587 u8 num_rx_spatial_streams; 4588 u32 nominal_time; 4589 u8 availability_window; 4590 enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width; 4591 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4592 4593 u32 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4594 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4595 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4596 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4597 tx_rate_valid:1, 4598 rx_rate_valid:1, 4599 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4600 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4601 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4602 dist_avg_valid:1, 4603 dist_variance_valid:1, 4604 dist_spread_valid:1, 4605 tx_ltf_repetition_count_valid:1, 4606 rx_ltf_repetition_count_valid:1, 4607 max_time_between_measurements_valid:1, 4608 min_time_between_measurements_valid:1, 4609 num_tx_spatial_streams_valid:1, 4610 num_rx_spatial_streams_valid:1, 4611 nominal_time_valid:1, 4612 availability_window_valid:1, 4613 chan_width_valid:1, 4614 preamble_valid:1, 4615 is_delayed_lmr:1; 4616 }; 4617 4618 /** 4619 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4620 * @addr: address of the peer 4621 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4622 * measurement was made) 4623 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4624 * @status: status of the measurement 4625 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4626 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4627 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4628 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4629 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4630 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4631 * @ftm: FTM result 4632 */ 4633 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4634 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4635 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4636 4637 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4638 4639 u8 final:1, 4640 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4641 4642 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4643 4644 union { 4645 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4646 }; 4647 }; 4648 4649 /** 4650 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4651 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4652 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4653 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4654 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4655 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4656 * @burst_duration: burst duration. If @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is 4657 * set, this is the burst duration in milliseconds, and zero means the 4658 * device should pick an appropriate value based on @ftms_per_burst. 4659 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst. If set to 0, the firmware or 4660 * driver can automatically select an appropriate value. 4661 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4662 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4663 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4664 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4665 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4666 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4667 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4668 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4669 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4670 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4671 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4672 * @rsta: Operate as the RSTA in the measurement. Only valid if @lmr_feedback 4673 * and either @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4674 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4675 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4676 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4677 * @request_type: ranging request type, one of 4678 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type. Defaults to 4679 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA if not specified. 4680 * @min_time_between_measurements: minimum time between two consecutive range 4681 * measurements in units of 100 microseconds, for non-trigger based 4682 * ranging. Should be set as short as possible to minimize turnaround 4683 * time, since two-way ranging with delayed LMR requires two measurements. 4684 * Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4685 * @max_time_between_measurements: maximum time between two consecutive range 4686 * measurements in units of 10 milliseconds, for non-trigger based 4687 * ranging. Acts as a session timeout; if exceeded, the ranging session 4688 * should be terminated. Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4689 * @availability_window: duration of the availability window (AW) in units of 4690 * 1 millisecond (0-255 ms). Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4691 * If set to 0, the firmware or driver can automatically select an 4692 * appropriate value. 4693 * @nominal_time: Nominal duration between adjacent availability windows 4694 * in units of milli seconds. Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4695 * If set to 0, the firmware or driver can automatically select an 4696 * appropriate value. 4697 * @num_measurements: number of Availability Windows (AWs) to schedule 4698 * for non-trigger-based ranging. Each AW may contain multiple FTM 4699 * exchanges as configured by @ftms_per_burst. Only valid if 4700 * @non_trigger_based is set. If set to 0, the firmware or driver 4701 * can automatically select an appropriate value. 4702 * @ingress_distance: optional ingress threshold in units of mm. When set, 4703 * the measurement result of the peer needs to be indicated if the device 4704 * moves into this range. Measurement results need to be sent on a burst 4705 * index basis in this case. 4706 * @egress_distance: optional egress threshold in units of mm. When set, 4707 * the measurement result of the peer needs to be indicated if the device 4708 * moves out of this range. Measurement results need to be sent on a burst 4709 * index basis in this case. 4710 * If neither or only one of @ingress_distance and @egress_distance 4711 * is set, only the specified threshold is used. If both are set, both 4712 * thresholds are applied. If neither is set, results are reported without 4713 * threshold filtering. 4714 * @pd_suppress_range_results: flag to suppress ranging results for PD 4715 * requests. When set, the device performs ranging measurements to 4716 * provide ranging services to a peer (e.g. in RSTA role) but does 4717 * not report the measurement results to userspace. Only valid when 4718 * @request_type is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD. 4719 * 4720 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4721 */ 4722 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4723 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4724 u16 burst_period; 4725 u8 requested:1, 4726 asap:1, 4727 request_lci:1, 4728 request_civicloc:1, 4729 trigger_based:1, 4730 non_trigger_based:1, 4731 lmr_feedback:1, 4732 rsta:1; 4733 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4734 u8 burst_duration; 4735 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4736 u8 ftmr_retries; 4737 u8 bss_color; 4738 4739 u32 request_type; 4740 u32 min_time_between_measurements; 4741 u32 max_time_between_measurements; 4742 u8 availability_window; 4743 u32 nominal_time; 4744 u32 num_measurements; 4745 u64 ingress_distance; 4746 u64 egress_distance; 4747 u8 pd_suppress_range_results:1; 4748 }; 4749 4750 /** 4751 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4752 * @addr: MAC address 4753 * @chandef: channel to use 4754 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4755 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4756 */ 4757 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4758 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4759 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4760 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4761 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4762 }; 4763 4764 /** 4765 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4766 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4767 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4768 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4769 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4770 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4771 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4772 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4773 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4774 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4775 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4776 * zero it means there's no timeout 4777 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4778 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4779 */ 4780 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4781 u64 cookie; 4782 void *drv_data; 4783 u32 n_peers; 4784 u32 nl_portid; 4785 4786 u32 timeout; 4787 4788 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4789 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4790 4791 struct list_head list; 4792 4793 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4794 }; 4795 4796 /** 4797 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4798 * 4799 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4800 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4801 * 4802 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4803 * 4804 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4805 * has to be done. 4806 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4807 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4808 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4809 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4810 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4811 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4812 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4813 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4814 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4815 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4816 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4817 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4818 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4819 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4820 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4821 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4822 */ 4823 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4824 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4825 u16 status; 4826 const u8 *ie; 4827 size_t ie_len; 4828 int assoc_link_id; 4829 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4830 }; 4831 4832 /** 4833 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4834 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4835 * for the entire device 4836 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4837 * for the given interface 4838 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4839 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4840 * for these subtypes 4841 */ 4842 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4843 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4844 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4845 }; 4846 4847 /** 4848 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4849 * 4850 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4851 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4852 * 4853 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4854 * on success or a negative error code. 4855 * 4856 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4857 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4858 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4859 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4860 * 4861 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4862 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4863 * configured for the device. 4864 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4865 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4866 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4867 * the device. 4868 * 4869 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4870 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4871 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4872 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4873 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4874 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4875 * 4876 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4877 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4878 * 4879 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4880 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4881 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4882 * 4883 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4884 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4885 * address is available. 4886 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4887 * 4888 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4889 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4890 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4891 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4892 * 4893 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4894 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4895 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4896 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4897 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4898 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4899 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4900 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4901 * 4902 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4903 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4904 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4905 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4906 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4907 * 4908 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4909 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4910 * 4911 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4912 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4913 * 4914 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4915 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4916 * 4917 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4918 * 4919 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4920 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4921 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4922 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4923 * 4924 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4925 * @del_station: Remove a station 4926 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4927 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4928 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4929 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4930 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4931 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4932 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4933 * 4934 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4935 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4936 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4937 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4938 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4939 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4940 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4941 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4942 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4943 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4944 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4945 * 4946 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4947 * 4948 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4949 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4950 * set, and which to leave alone. 4951 * 4952 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4953 * 4954 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4955 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4956 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4957 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4958 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4959 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4960 * 4961 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4962 * 4963 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4964 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4965 * join the mesh instead. 4966 * 4967 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4968 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4969 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4970 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4971 * 4972 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4973 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4974 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4975 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4976 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4977 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4978 * 4979 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4980 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4981 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4982 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4983 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4984 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4985 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4986 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4987 * 4988 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4989 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4990 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4991 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4992 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4993 * was received. 4994 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4995 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4996 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4997 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4998 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4999 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 5000 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 5001 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 5002 * indication of requesting reassociation. 5003 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 5004 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 5005 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5006 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 5007 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 5008 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 5009 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 5010 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 5011 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 5012 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 5013 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5014 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 5015 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 5016 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 5017 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 5018 * 5019 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 5020 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 5021 * to a merge. 5022 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5023 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 5024 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5025 * 5026 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 5027 * MESH mode) 5028 * 5029 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 5030 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 5031 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 5032 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 5033 * 5034 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 5035 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 5036 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 5037 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 5038 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 5039 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 5040 * return 0 if successful 5041 * 5042 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 5043 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 5044 * 5045 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 5046 * 5047 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 5048 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 5049 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 5050 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 5051 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 5052 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 5053 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 5054 * the duration value. 5055 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 5056 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 5057 * frame on another channel 5058 * 5059 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 5060 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 5061 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 5062 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 5063 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 5064 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 5065 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 5066 * 5067 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 5068 * 5069 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 5070 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 5071 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 5072 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 5073 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 5074 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 5075 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 5076 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 5077 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 5078 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 5079 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 5080 * disabled.) 5081 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 5082 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 5083 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 5084 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 5085 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 5086 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 5087 * thresholds. 5088 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 5089 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 5090 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 5091 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 5092 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 5093 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 5094 * stop (when this method returns 0). 5095 * 5096 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 5097 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 5098 * 5099 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 5100 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 5101 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 5102 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 5103 * 5104 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 5105 * 5106 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 5107 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 5108 * 5109 * @probe_peer: probe a connected peer (AP: STA MAC required; STA: no MAC), 5110 * must return a cookie that is later passed to cfg80211_probe_status(). 5111 * 5112 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 5113 * 5114 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 5115 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 5116 * current monitoring channel. 5117 * 5118 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 5119 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 5120 * 5121 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 5122 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 5123 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 5124 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 5125 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 5126 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 5127 * 5128 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 5129 * 5130 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 5131 * was finished on another phy. 5132 * 5133 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 5134 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 5135 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 5136 * 5137 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 5138 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 5139 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 5140 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 5141 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 5142 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 5143 * 5144 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 5145 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 5146 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 5147 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 5148 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 5149 * as soon as possible. 5150 * 5151 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 5152 * 5153 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 5154 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 5155 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 5156 * 5157 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 5158 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 5159 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 5160 * account. 5161 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 5162 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 5163 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 5164 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 5165 * rejected) 5166 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 5167 * 5168 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 5169 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5170 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 5171 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5172 * 5173 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 5174 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 5175 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 5176 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 5177 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 5178 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 5179 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 5180 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 5181 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 5182 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 5183 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 5184 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 5185 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 5186 * provided @nan_func. 5187 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 5188 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 5189 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 5190 * All other parameters must be ignored. 5191 * @nan_set_local_sched: configure the local schedule for NAN. The schedule 5192 * consists of an array of %cfg80211_nan_channel and the schedule itself, 5193 * in which each entry maps each time slot to the channel on which the 5194 * radio should operate on. If the chandef of a NAN channel is not 5195 * changed, the channel entry must also remain unchanged. It is the 5196 * driver's responsibility to verify this. 5197 * @nan_set_peer_sched: configure the peer schedule for NAN. The schedule 5198 * consists of an array of %cfg80211_nan_channel and the schedule itself, 5199 * in which each entry maps each time slot to a channel on which the 5200 * radio should operate on. In addition, it contains more peer's schedule 5201 * information such as committed DW, etc. When updating an existing peer 5202 * schedule, the full new schedule is provided - partial updates are not 5203 * supported, and the new schedule completely replaces the previous one. 5204 * 5205 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 5206 * 5207 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 5208 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 5209 * 5210 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 5211 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 5212 * upon which the driver should clear it. 5213 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5214 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 5215 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5216 * 5217 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 5218 * user space 5219 * 5220 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 5221 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 5222 * 5223 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 5224 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 5225 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 5226 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 5227 * 5228 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 5229 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 5230 * DH IE through this interface. 5231 * 5232 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 5233 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 5234 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 5235 * This callback may sleep. 5236 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 5237 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 5238 * 5239 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 5240 * 5241 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 5242 * 5243 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 5244 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 5245 * Response frame. 5246 * 5247 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 5248 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 5249 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 5250 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 5251 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 5252 * radar channel. 5253 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 5254 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 5255 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 5256 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 5257 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 5258 * 5259 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 5260 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 5261 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 5262 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 5263 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 5264 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 5265 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 5266 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 5267 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 5268 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 5269 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 5270 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 5271 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 5272 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 5273 * 5274 * @start_pd: Start the PD interface. 5275 * @stop_pd: Stop the PD interface. 5276 */ 5277 struct cfg80211_ops { 5278 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 5279 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5280 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 5281 5282 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5283 const char *name, 5284 unsigned char name_assign_type, 5285 enum nl80211_iftype type, 5286 struct vif_params *params); 5287 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5288 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5289 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5290 struct net_device *dev, 5291 enum nl80211_iftype type, 5292 struct vif_params *params); 5293 5294 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5295 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5296 unsigned int link_id); 5297 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5298 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5299 unsigned int link_id); 5300 5301 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5302 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5303 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 5304 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5305 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5306 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 5307 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 5308 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5309 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5310 const u8 *mac_addr); 5311 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5312 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 5313 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 5314 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5315 struct wireless_dev *wdev, int link_id, 5316 u8 key_index); 5317 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5318 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5319 int link_id, 5320 u8 key_index); 5321 5322 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5323 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 5324 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5325 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 5326 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5327 unsigned int link_id); 5328 5329 5330 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5331 const u8 *mac, 5332 struct station_parameters *params); 5333 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5334 struct station_del_parameters *params); 5335 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5336 const u8 *mac, 5337 struct station_parameters *params); 5338 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5339 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 5340 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5341 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 5342 5343 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5344 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 5345 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5346 const u8 *dst); 5347 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5348 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 5349 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5350 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5351 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5352 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 5353 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5354 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5355 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5356 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5357 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 5358 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5359 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5360 struct net_device *dev, 5361 struct mesh_config *conf); 5362 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5363 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 5364 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 5365 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5366 const struct mesh_config *conf, 5367 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 5368 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5369 5370 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5371 struct ocb_setup *setup); 5372 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5373 5374 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5375 struct bss_parameters *params); 5376 5377 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5378 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 5379 5380 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5381 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 5382 5383 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5384 struct net_device *dev, 5385 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5386 5387 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5388 struct net_device *dev, 5389 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5390 5391 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5392 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 5393 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5394 5395 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5396 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 5397 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5398 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 5399 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5400 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 5401 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5402 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 5403 5404 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5405 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 5406 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5407 struct net_device *dev, 5408 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 5409 u32 changed); 5410 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5411 u16 reason_code); 5412 5413 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5414 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 5415 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5416 5417 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5418 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 5419 5420 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5421 u32 changed); 5422 5423 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5424 int radio_idx, 5425 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 5426 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5427 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 5428 5429 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5430 5431 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 5432 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5433 void *data, int len); 5434 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 5435 struct netlink_callback *cb, 5436 void *data, int len); 5437 #endif 5438 5439 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5440 struct net_device *dev, 5441 unsigned int link_id, 5442 const u8 *peer, 5443 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 5444 5445 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5446 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 5447 5448 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5449 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5450 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5451 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5452 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 5453 5454 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5455 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5456 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 5457 unsigned int duration, 5458 u64 *cookie, const u8 *rx_addr); 5459 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5460 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5461 u64 cookie); 5462 5463 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5464 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 5465 u64 *cookie); 5466 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5467 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5468 u64 cookie); 5469 5470 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5471 bool enabled, int timeout); 5472 5473 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5474 struct net_device *dev, 5475 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 5476 5477 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5478 struct net_device *dev, 5479 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 5480 5481 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5482 struct net_device *dev, 5483 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 5484 5485 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5486 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5487 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 5488 5489 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5490 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 5491 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5492 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 5493 5494 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5495 struct net_device *dev, 5496 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 5497 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5498 u64 reqid); 5499 5500 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5501 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 5502 5503 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5504 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 5505 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 5506 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 5507 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5508 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5509 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 5510 5511 int (*probe_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5512 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 5513 5514 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5515 struct net_device *dev, 5516 u16 noack_map); 5517 5518 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5519 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5520 unsigned int link_id, 5521 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5522 5523 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5524 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5525 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5526 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5527 5528 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5529 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 5530 5531 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5532 struct net_device *dev, 5533 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5534 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 5535 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5536 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 5537 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5538 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 5539 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5540 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5541 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 5542 u16 duration); 5543 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5544 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5545 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5546 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 5547 5548 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5549 struct net_device *dev, 5550 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 5551 5552 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5553 struct net_device *dev, 5554 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5555 5556 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5557 unsigned int link_id, 5558 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5559 5560 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5561 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5562 u16 admitted_time); 5563 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5564 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5565 5566 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5567 struct net_device *dev, 5568 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5569 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5570 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5571 struct net_device *dev, 5572 const u8 *addr); 5573 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5574 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5575 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5576 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5577 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5578 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5579 u64 cookie); 5580 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5581 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5582 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5583 u32 changes); 5584 int (*nan_set_local_sched)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5585 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5586 struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched *sched); 5587 int (*nan_set_peer_sched)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5588 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5589 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched *sched); 5590 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5591 struct net_device *dev, 5592 const bool enabled); 5593 5594 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5595 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5596 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5597 5598 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5599 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5600 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5601 const u8 *aa); 5602 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5603 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5604 5605 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5606 struct net_device *dev, 5607 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5608 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5609 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5610 u64 *cookie); 5611 5612 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5613 struct net_device *dev, 5614 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5615 5616 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5617 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5618 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5619 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5620 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5621 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5622 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5623 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5624 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5625 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5626 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5627 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5628 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5629 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5630 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5631 struct net_device *dev, 5632 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5633 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5634 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5635 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5636 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5637 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5638 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5639 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5640 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5641 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5642 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5643 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5644 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5645 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5646 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5647 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5648 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5649 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5650 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5651 bool val); 5652 int (*start_pd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5653 void (*stop_pd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5654 }; 5655 5656 /* 5657 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5658 * and registration/helper functions 5659 */ 5660 5661 /** 5662 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5663 * 5664 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5665 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5666 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5667 * wiphy at all 5668 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5669 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5670 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5671 * reason to override the default 5672 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5673 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5674 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5675 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5676 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5677 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5678 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5679 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5680 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5681 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5682 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5683 * firmware. 5684 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5685 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5686 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5687 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5688 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5689 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5690 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5691 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5692 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5693 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5694 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5695 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5696 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5697 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5698 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5699 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5700 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5701 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5702 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5703 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5704 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5705 * should set this flag for now. 5706 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5707 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5708 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5709 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5710 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5711 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5712 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5713 */ 5714 enum wiphy_flags { 5715 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5716 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5717 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5718 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5719 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5720 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5721 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5722 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5723 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5724 /* reuse bit 9 */ 5725 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5726 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5727 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5728 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5729 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5730 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5731 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5732 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5733 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5734 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5735 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5736 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5737 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5738 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5739 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5740 }; 5741 5742 /** 5743 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5744 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5745 * @types: interface types (bits) 5746 */ 5747 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5748 u16 max; 5749 u16 types; 5750 }; 5751 5752 /** 5753 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5754 * 5755 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5756 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5757 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5758 * that radio. 5759 * 5760 * Examples: 5761 * 5762 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5763 * 5764 * .. code-block:: c 5765 * 5766 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5767 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5768 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5769 * }; 5770 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5771 * .limits = limits1, 5772 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5773 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5774 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5775 * }; 5776 * 5777 * 5778 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5779 * 5780 * .. code-block:: c 5781 * 5782 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5783 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5784 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5785 * }; 5786 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5787 * .limits = limits2, 5788 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5789 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5790 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5791 * }; 5792 * 5793 * 5794 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5795 * 5796 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5797 * 5798 * .. code-block:: c 5799 * 5800 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5801 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5802 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5803 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5804 * }; 5805 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5806 * .limits = limits3, 5807 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5808 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5809 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5810 * }; 5811 * 5812 */ 5813 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5814 /** 5815 * @limits: 5816 * limits for the given interface types 5817 */ 5818 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5819 5820 /** 5821 * @num_different_channels: 5822 * can use up to this many different channels 5823 */ 5824 u32 num_different_channels; 5825 5826 /** 5827 * @max_interfaces: 5828 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5829 */ 5830 u16 max_interfaces; 5831 5832 /** 5833 * @n_limits: 5834 * number of limitations 5835 */ 5836 u8 n_limits; 5837 5838 /** 5839 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5840 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5841 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5842 */ 5843 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5844 5845 /** 5846 * @radar_detect_widths: 5847 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5848 */ 5849 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5850 5851 /** 5852 * @radar_detect_regions: 5853 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5854 */ 5855 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5856 5857 /** 5858 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5859 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5860 * 5861 * = 0 5862 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5863 * > 0 5864 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5865 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5866 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5867 */ 5868 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5869 }; 5870 5871 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5872 u16 tx, rx; 5873 }; 5874 5875 /** 5876 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5877 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5878 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5879 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5880 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5881 * packet should be preserved in that case 5882 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5883 * (see nl80211.h) 5884 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5885 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5886 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5887 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5888 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5889 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5890 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5891 */ 5892 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5893 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5894 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5895 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5896 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5897 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5898 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5899 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5900 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5901 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5902 }; 5903 5904 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5905 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5906 u32 data_payload_max; 5907 u32 data_interval_max; 5908 u32 wake_payload_max; 5909 bool seq; 5910 }; 5911 5912 /** 5913 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5914 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5915 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5916 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5917 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5918 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5919 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5920 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5921 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5922 * scheduled scans. 5923 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5924 * details. 5925 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5926 */ 5927 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5928 u32 flags; 5929 int n_patterns; 5930 int pattern_max_len; 5931 int pattern_min_len; 5932 int max_pkt_offset; 5933 int max_nd_match_sets; 5934 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5935 }; 5936 5937 /** 5938 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5939 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5940 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5941 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5942 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5943 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5944 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5945 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5946 */ 5947 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5948 int n_rules; 5949 int max_delay; 5950 int n_patterns; 5951 int pattern_max_len; 5952 int pattern_min_len; 5953 int max_pkt_offset; 5954 }; 5955 5956 /** 5957 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5958 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5959 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5960 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5961 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5962 */ 5963 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5964 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5965 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5966 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5967 }; 5968 5969 /** 5970 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5971 * 5972 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5973 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5974 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5975 * 5976 */ 5977 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5978 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5979 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5980 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5981 }; 5982 5983 /** 5984 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5985 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5986 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5987 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5988 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5989 */ 5990 5991 struct sta_opmode_info { 5992 u32 changed; 5993 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5994 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5995 u8 rx_nss; 5996 }; 5997 5998 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5999 6000 /** 6001 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 6002 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 6003 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 6004 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 6005 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 6006 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 6007 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 6008 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 6009 * dumpit calls. 6010 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 6011 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 6012 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 6013 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 6014 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 6015 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 6016 * are used with dump requests. 6017 */ 6018 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 6019 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 6020 u32 flags; 6021 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6022 const void *data, int data_len); 6023 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6024 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 6025 unsigned long *storage); 6026 const struct nla_policy *policy; 6027 unsigned int maxattr; 6028 }; 6029 6030 /** 6031 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 6032 * @iftype: interface type 6033 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 6034 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 6035 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 6036 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 6037 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 6038 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 6039 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 6040 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 6041 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 6042 * @ext_mld_capa_and_ops: Extended MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 6043 */ 6044 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 6045 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6046 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 6047 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 6048 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6049 u16 eml_capabilities; 6050 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 6051 u16 ext_mld_capa_and_ops; 6052 }; 6053 6054 /** 6055 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 6056 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 6057 * @type: the interface type to look up 6058 * 6059 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 6060 */ 6061 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 6062 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 6063 6064 /** 6065 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 6066 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 6067 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 6068 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 6069 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 6070 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 6071 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 6072 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 6073 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 6074 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 6075 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 6076 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 6077 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 6078 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 6079 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 6080 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 6081 * not limited) 6082 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6083 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6084 * @ftm.support_6ghz: supports ranging in 6 GHz band 6085 * @ftm.max_tx_ltf_rep: maximum number of TX LTF repetitions supported (0 means 6086 * only one LTF, no repetitions) 6087 * @ftm.max_rx_ltf_rep: maximum number of RX LTF repetitions supported (0 means 6088 * only one LTF, no repetitions) 6089 * @ftm.max_tx_sts: maximum number of TX STS supported (zero based) 6090 * @ftm.max_rx_sts: maximum number of RX STS supported (zero based) 6091 * @ftm.max_total_ltf_tx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be transmitted 6092 * (0 means unknown) 6093 * @ftm.max_total_ltf_rx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be received 6094 * (0 means unknown) 6095 * @ftm.ista: initiator role capabilities 6096 * @ftm.ista.support_ntb: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6097 * NTB ranging. 6098 * @ftm.ista.support_tb: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6099 * TB ranging. 6100 * @ftm.ista.support_edca: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6101 * EDCA based ranging. 6102 * @ftm.ista.max_peers: maximum number of peers supported in the ISTA role. 6103 * If zero, no role-specific peer limit applies. 6104 * @ftm.rsta: responder role capabilities 6105 * @ftm.rsta.support_ntb: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6106 * NTB ranging. 6107 * @ftm.rsta.support_tb: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6108 * TB ranging. 6109 * @ftm.rsta.support_edca: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6110 * EDCA based ranging. 6111 * @ftm.rsta.max_peers: maximum number of peers supported in the RSTA role. 6112 * If zero, no role-specific peer limit applies. 6113 * @ftm.max_no_of_tx_antennas: maximum number of transmit antennas supported for 6114 * EDCA based ranging (0 means unknown) 6115 * @ftm.max_no_of_rx_antennas: maximum number of receive antennas supported for 6116 * EDCA based ranging (0 means unknown) 6117 * @ftm.min_allowed_ranging_interval_edca: Minimum EDCA ranging 6118 * interval supported by the device in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). 6119 * Applications can use this value to estimate the burst period to be 6120 * given in the FTM request for the EDCA based ranging case. If 6121 * non-zero, this value will be used to validate the burst period in 6122 * the FTM request. 6123 * @ftm.min_allowed_ranging_interval_ntb: Minimum NTB ranging 6124 * interval supported by the device in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). 6125 * Applications can use this value to estimate the burst period to be 6126 * given in the FTM request for the NTB ranging case. If non-zero, 6127 * this value will be used to validate the nominal time in the FTM 6128 * request. 6129 * @ftm.type: ranging type capabilities 6130 * @ftm.type.infra_support: supports infrastructure ranging (STA-to-AP or 6131 * AP-to-STA) as part of Proximity Detection 6132 * @ftm.type.pd_support: supports peer-to-peer ranging as mentioned in the 6133 * specification "PR Implementation Consideration Draft 1.9 rev 1" where 6134 * PD stands for proximity detection 6135 * @ftm.concurrent_ista_rsta_support: indicates if the device can 6136 * simultaneously act as initiator and responder in a multi-peer 6137 * measurement request. Only valid if @ftm.rsta_support is set. 6138 * @ftm.pd_preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 6139 * for PD ranging requests. Ignored if @ftm.type.pd_support is not set. 6140 * @ftm.pd_bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 6141 * for PD ranging requests. Ignored if @ftm.type.pd_support is not set. 6142 */ 6143 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 6144 unsigned int max_peers; 6145 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 6146 randomize_mac_addr:1; 6147 6148 struct { 6149 u32 preambles; 6150 u32 bandwidths; 6151 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 6152 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 6153 u8 supported:1, 6154 asap:1, 6155 non_asap:1, 6156 request_lci:1, 6157 request_civicloc:1, 6158 trigger_based:1, 6159 non_trigger_based:1, 6160 support_6ghz:1; 6161 u8 max_tx_ltf_rep; 6162 u8 max_rx_ltf_rep; 6163 u8 max_tx_sts; 6164 u8 max_rx_sts; 6165 u8 max_total_ltf_tx; 6166 u8 max_total_ltf_rx; 6167 struct { 6168 u8 support_ntb:1, 6169 support_tb:1, 6170 support_edca:1; 6171 u32 max_peers; 6172 } ista; 6173 struct { 6174 u8 support_ntb:1, 6175 support_tb:1, 6176 support_edca:1; 6177 u32 max_peers; 6178 } rsta; 6179 u8 max_no_of_tx_antennas; 6180 u8 max_no_of_rx_antennas; 6181 u32 min_allowed_ranging_interval_edca; 6182 u32 min_allowed_ranging_interval_ntb; 6183 struct { 6184 u8 infra_support:1, 6185 pd_support:1; 6186 } type; 6187 u8 concurrent_ista_rsta_support:1; 6188 u32 pd_preambles; 6189 u32 pd_bandwidths; 6190 } ftm; 6191 }; 6192 6193 /** 6194 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 6195 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 6196 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 6197 * 6198 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 6199 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 6200 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 6201 */ 6202 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 6203 u16 iftypes_mask; 6204 const u32 *akm_suites; 6205 int n_akm_suites; 6206 }; 6207 6208 /** 6209 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 6210 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 6211 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 6212 * 6213 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 6214 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 6215 * @radio_debugfsdir: Pointer to debugfs directory containing the radio- 6216 * specific parameters. 6217 * NULL (default) = Debugfs directory not created 6218 */ 6219 struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 6220 u32 rts_threshold; 6221 struct dentry *radio_debugfsdir; 6222 }; 6223 6224 /** 6225 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 6226 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 6227 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 6228 */ 6229 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 6230 u32 start_freq; 6231 u32 end_freq; 6232 }; 6233 6234 6235 /** 6236 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 6237 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 6238 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 6239 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 6240 * 6241 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 6242 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 6243 * 6244 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 6245 * list single interface types. 6246 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 6247 * 6248 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 6249 */ 6250 struct wiphy_radio { 6251 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 6252 int n_freq_range; 6253 6254 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6255 int n_iface_combinations; 6256 6257 u32 antenna_mask; 6258 }; 6259 6260 /** 6261 * enum wiphy_nan_flags - NAN capabilities 6262 * 6263 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Device supports NAN configurable 6264 * synchronization. 6265 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE: Device doesn't support DE offload. 6266 */ 6267 enum wiphy_nan_flags { 6268 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC = BIT(0), 6269 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE = BIT(1), 6270 }; 6271 6272 /** 6273 * struct wiphy_nan_capa - NAN capabilities 6274 * 6275 * This structure describes the NAN capabilities of a wiphy. 6276 * 6277 * @flags: NAN capabilities flags, see &enum wiphy_nan_flags 6278 * @op_mode: NAN operation mode, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification 6279 * Table 81. 6280 * @n_antennas: number of antennas supported by the device for Tx/Rx. Lower 6281 * nibble indicates the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the 6282 * number of RX antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not 6283 * available. 6284 * @max_channel_switch_time: maximum channel switch time in microseconds. 6285 * @dev_capabilities: NAN device capabilities as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 6286 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 6287 * @phy: Band-agnostic capabilities for NAN data interfaces. Since NAN 6288 * operates on multiple channels simultaneously, these capabilities apply 6289 * across all bands. Valid only if NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA is supported. 6290 * @phy.ht: HT capabilities (mandatory for NAN data) 6291 * @phy.vht: VHT capabilities (optional) 6292 * @phy.he: HE capabilities (optional) 6293 */ 6294 struct wiphy_nan_capa { 6295 u32 flags; 6296 u8 op_mode; 6297 u8 n_antennas; 6298 u16 max_channel_switch_time; 6299 u8 dev_capabilities; 6300 struct { 6301 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht; 6302 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht; 6303 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he; 6304 } phy; 6305 }; 6306 6307 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 6308 6309 /** 6310 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 6311 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 6312 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 6313 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 6314 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 6315 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 6316 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 6317 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 6318 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 6319 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 6320 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 6321 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 6322 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 6323 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 6324 * iftype_akm_suites. 6325 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 6326 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 6327 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 6328 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 6329 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 6330 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 6331 * suites are specified separately. 6332 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 6333 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 6334 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 6335 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 6336 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 6337 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 6338 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 6339 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 6340 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 6341 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 6342 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 6343 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 6344 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 6345 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 6346 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 6347 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 6348 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 6349 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 6350 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 6351 * unregister hardware 6352 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 6353 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 6354 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 6355 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 6356 * (see below). 6357 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 6358 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 6359 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 6360 * must be set by driver 6361 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 6362 * list single interface types. 6363 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 6364 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 6365 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 6366 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 6367 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 6368 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 6369 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 6370 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 6371 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 6372 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 6373 * this variable determines its size 6374 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 6375 * any given scan 6376 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 6377 * the device can run concurrently. 6378 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 6379 * for in any given scheduled scan 6380 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 6381 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 6382 * supported. 6383 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 6384 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 6385 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 6386 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 6387 * scans 6388 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 6389 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 6390 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 6391 * single scan plan supported by the device. 6392 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 6393 * scan plan supported by the device. 6394 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 6395 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 6396 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 6397 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 6398 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 6399 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 6400 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 6401 * 6402 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 6403 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 6404 * type 6405 * 6406 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 6407 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 6408 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 6409 * 6410 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 6411 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 6412 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 6413 * 6414 * @probe_resp_offload: 6415 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 6416 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 6417 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 6418 * 6419 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 6420 * may request, if implemented. 6421 * 6422 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 6423 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 6424 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 6425 * to the suspend() operation instead. 6426 * 6427 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 6428 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 6429 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 6430 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 6431 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 6432 * 6433 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 6434 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 6435 * 6436 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 6437 * supports for ACL. 6438 * 6439 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 6440 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 6441 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 6442 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 6443 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 6444 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 6445 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 6446 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 6447 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 6448 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 6449 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 6450 * capabilities are specified separately. 6451 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 6452 * 6453 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 6454 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 6455 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 6456 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 6457 * 6458 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 6459 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 6460 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 6461 * some cases, but may not always reach. 6462 * 6463 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 6464 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 6465 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 6466 * infinite. 6467 * @bss_param_support: bitmask indicating which bss_parameters as defined in 6468 * &struct bss_parameters the driver can actually handle in the 6469 * .change_bss() callback. The bit positions are defined in &enum 6470 * wiphy_bss_param_flags. 6471 * 6472 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 6473 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 6474 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 6475 * 6476 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 6477 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 6478 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 6479 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 6480 * @nan_capa: NAN capabilities 6481 * 6482 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 6483 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 6484 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 6485 * 6486 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 6487 * wake_tx_queue 6488 * 6489 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 6490 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 6491 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 6492 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 6493 * 6494 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 6495 * 6496 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 6497 * device has 6498 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 6499 * supported by the driver for each vif 6500 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 6501 * supported by the driver for each peer 6502 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 6503 * long/short retry configuration 6504 * 6505 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 6506 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 6507 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 6508 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 6509 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 6510 * 6511 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 6512 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 6513 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 6514 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 6515 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 6516 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 6517 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 6518 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 6519 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 6520 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 6521 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 6522 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 6523 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 6524 * 6525 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 6526 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 6527 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 6528 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 6529 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 6530 * specify a mac address). 6531 * 6532 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 6533 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 6534 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 6535 * 6536 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 6537 * @n_radio: number of radios 6538 */ 6539 struct wiphy { 6540 struct mutex mtx; 6541 6542 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 6543 6544 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 6545 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 6546 6547 struct mac_address *addresses; 6548 6549 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 6550 6551 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6552 int n_iface_combinations; 6553 u16 software_iftypes; 6554 6555 u16 n_addresses; 6556 6557 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 6558 u16 interface_modes; 6559 6560 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 6561 6562 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 6563 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 6564 6565 u32 ap_sme_capa; 6566 6567 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 6568 6569 int bss_priv_size; 6570 u8 max_scan_ssids; 6571 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 6572 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 6573 u8 max_match_sets; 6574 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 6575 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 6576 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 6577 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 6578 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 6579 6580 int n_cipher_suites; 6581 const u32 *cipher_suites; 6582 6583 int n_akm_suites; 6584 const u32 *akm_suites; 6585 6586 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 6587 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 6588 6589 u8 retry_short; 6590 u8 retry_long; 6591 u32 frag_threshold; 6592 u32 rts_threshold; 6593 u8 coverage_class; 6594 6595 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 6596 u32 hw_version; 6597 6598 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 6599 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 6600 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 6601 #endif 6602 6603 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 6604 6605 u8 max_num_pmkids; 6606 6607 u32 available_antennas_tx; 6608 u32 available_antennas_rx; 6609 6610 u32 probe_resp_offload; 6611 6612 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 6613 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6614 6615 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 6616 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 6617 6618 const void *privid; 6619 6620 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 6621 6622 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6623 struct regulatory_request *request); 6624 6625 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 6626 6627 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 6628 6629 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 6630 6631 struct device dev; 6632 6633 bool registered; 6634 6635 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 6636 6637 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 6638 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 6639 6640 struct list_head wdev_list; 6641 6642 possible_net_t _net; 6643 6644 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6645 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 6646 #endif 6647 6648 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 6649 6650 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 6651 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 6652 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 6653 6654 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 6655 6656 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 6657 6658 u32 bss_param_support; 6659 u32 bss_select_support; 6660 6661 u8 nan_supported_bands; 6662 struct wiphy_nan_capa nan_capa; 6663 6664 u32 txq_limit; 6665 u32 txq_memory_limit; 6666 u32 txq_quantum; 6667 6668 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 6669 6670 u8 support_mbssid:1, 6671 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 6672 6673 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 6674 6675 struct { 6676 u64 peer, vif; 6677 u8 max_retry; 6678 } tid_config_support; 6679 6680 u8 max_data_retry_count; 6681 6682 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 6683 6684 struct rfkill *rfkill; 6685 6686 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 6687 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 6688 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 6689 6690 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 6691 6692 int n_radio; 6693 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 6694 6695 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 6696 }; 6697 6698 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6699 { 6700 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 6701 } 6702 6703 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 6704 { 6705 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 6706 } 6707 6708 /** 6709 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 6710 * 6711 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 6712 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 6713 */ 6714 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6715 { 6716 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6717 return &wiphy->priv; 6718 } 6719 6720 /** 6721 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6722 * 6723 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6724 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6725 */ 6726 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6727 { 6728 BUG_ON(!priv); 6729 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6730 } 6731 6732 /** 6733 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6734 * 6735 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6736 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6737 */ 6738 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6739 { 6740 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6741 } 6742 6743 /** 6744 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6745 * 6746 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6747 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6748 */ 6749 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6750 { 6751 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6752 } 6753 6754 /** 6755 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6756 * 6757 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6758 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6759 */ 6760 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6761 { 6762 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6763 } 6764 6765 /** 6766 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6767 * 6768 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6769 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6770 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6771 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6772 * 6773 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6774 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6775 * 6776 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6777 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6778 */ 6779 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6780 const char *requested_name); 6781 6782 /** 6783 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6784 * 6785 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6786 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6787 * 6788 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6789 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6790 * 6791 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6792 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6793 */ 6794 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6795 int sizeof_priv) 6796 { 6797 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6798 } 6799 6800 /** 6801 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6802 * 6803 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6804 * 6805 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6806 */ 6807 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6808 6809 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6810 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6811 6812 /** 6813 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6814 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6815 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6816 * 6817 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6818 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6819 */ 6820 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6821 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6822 6823 /** 6824 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6825 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6826 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6827 * 6828 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6829 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6830 */ 6831 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6832 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6833 6834 /** 6835 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6836 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6837 * 6838 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6839 * 6840 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6841 */ 6842 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6843 6844 /** 6845 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6846 * 6847 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6848 * 6849 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6850 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6851 * request that is being handled. 6852 */ 6853 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6854 6855 /** 6856 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6857 * 6858 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6859 */ 6860 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6861 6862 /* internal structs */ 6863 struct cfg80211_conn; 6864 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6865 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6866 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6867 6868 /** 6869 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6870 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6871 * 6872 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6873 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6874 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6875 * differentiate which way it's called. 6876 * 6877 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6878 * 6879 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6880 * 6881 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6882 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6883 */ 6884 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6885 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6886 { 6887 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6888 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6889 } 6890 6891 /** 6892 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6893 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6894 */ 6895 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6896 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6897 { 6898 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6899 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6900 } 6901 6902 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6903 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6904 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6905 6906 struct wiphy_work; 6907 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6908 6909 struct wiphy_work { 6910 struct list_head entry; 6911 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6912 }; 6913 6914 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6915 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6916 { 6917 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6918 work->func = func; 6919 } 6920 6921 /** 6922 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6923 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6924 * @work: the work item 6925 * 6926 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6927 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6928 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6929 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6930 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6931 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6932 */ 6933 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6934 6935 /** 6936 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6937 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6938 * @work: the work to cancel 6939 * 6940 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6941 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6942 */ 6943 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6944 6945 /** 6946 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6947 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6948 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6949 * 6950 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6951 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6952 */ 6953 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6954 6955 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6956 struct wiphy_work work; 6957 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6958 struct timer_list timer; 6959 }; 6960 6961 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6962 6963 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6964 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6965 { 6966 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6967 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6968 } 6969 6970 /** 6971 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6972 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6973 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6974 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6975 * 6976 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6977 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6978 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6979 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6980 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6981 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6982 * 6983 * Note that these are scheduled with a timer where the accuracy 6984 * becomes less the longer in the future the scheduled timer is. Use 6985 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue() if the timer must be not be late by more 6986 * than approximately 10 percent. 6987 */ 6988 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6989 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6990 unsigned long delay); 6991 6992 /** 6993 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6994 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6995 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6996 * 6997 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6998 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6999 */ 7000 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7001 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 7002 7003 /** 7004 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 7005 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7006 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 7007 * 7008 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 7009 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 7010 */ 7011 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7012 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 7013 7014 /** 7015 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 7016 * work item is currently pending. 7017 * 7018 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7019 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 7020 * 7021 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 7022 * 7023 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 7024 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 7025 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 7026 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 7027 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 7028 * won't run before that. 7029 * 7030 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 7031 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 7032 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 7033 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 7034 * is currently executing. 7035 * 7036 * CPU0 CPU1 7037 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 7038 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 7039 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 7040 * 7041 * [...] 7042 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 7043 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 7044 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 7045 * wk->timer->function() | 7046 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 7047 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 7048 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 7049 * | been run yet 7050 * [...] | 7051 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 7052 * wk->func() V 7053 * 7054 */ 7055 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7056 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 7057 7058 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work { 7059 struct wiphy_work work; 7060 struct wiphy *wiphy; 7061 struct hrtimer timer; 7062 }; 7063 7064 enum hrtimer_restart wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer(struct hrtimer *t); 7065 7066 static inline void wiphy_hrtimer_work_init(struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 7067 wiphy_work_func_t func) 7068 { 7069 hrtimer_setup(&hrwork->timer, wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer, 7070 CLOCK_BOOTTIME, HRTIMER_MODE_REL); 7071 wiphy_work_init(&hrwork->work, func); 7072 } 7073 7074 /** 7075 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue - queue hrtimer work for the wiphy 7076 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 7077 * @hrwork: the high resolution timer worker 7078 * @delay: the delay given as a ktime_t 7079 * 7080 * Please refer to wiphy_delayed_work_queue(). The difference is that 7081 * the hrtimer work uses a high resolution timer for scheduling. This 7082 * may be needed if timeouts might be scheduled further in the future 7083 * and the accuracy of the normal timer is not sufficient. 7084 * 7085 * Expect a delay of a few milliseconds as the timer is scheduled 7086 * with some slack and some more time may pass between queueing the 7087 * work and its start. 7088 */ 7089 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7090 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 7091 ktime_t delay); 7092 7093 /** 7094 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel - cancel previously queued hrtimer work 7095 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7096 * @hrtimer: the hrtimer work to cancel 7097 * 7098 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 7099 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 7100 */ 7101 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7102 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrtimer); 7103 7104 /** 7105 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush - flush previously queued hrtimer work 7106 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7107 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work to flush 7108 * 7109 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 7110 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 7111 */ 7112 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7113 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 7114 7115 /** 7116 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy hrtimer 7117 * work item is currently pending. 7118 * 7119 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7120 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work in question 7121 * 7122 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 7123 * 7124 * Please refer to the wiphy_delayed_work_pending() documentation as 7125 * this is the equivalent function for hrtimer based delayed work 7126 * items. 7127 */ 7128 bool wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7129 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 7130 7131 /** 7132 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 7133 * 7134 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 7135 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 7136 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 7137 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 7138 */ 7139 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 7140 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 7141 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 7142 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 7143 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 7144 }; 7145 7146 /** 7147 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 7148 * 7149 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 7150 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 7151 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 7152 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 7153 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 7154 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 7155 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 7156 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 7157 * 7158 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 7159 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 7160 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 7161 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 7162 * 7163 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 7164 * @iftype: interface type 7165 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 7166 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 7167 * for the notifier 7168 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 7169 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 7170 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 7171 * wireless device if it has no netdev 7172 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 7173 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 7174 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 7175 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 7176 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 7177 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 7178 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 7179 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 7180 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 7181 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 7182 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 7183 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 7184 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 7185 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 7186 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 7187 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 7188 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 7189 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 7190 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 7191 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 7192 * need to propagate the update to the driver 7193 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 7194 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 7195 * the P2P Device. 7196 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 7197 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 7198 * @unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 7199 * registered for unexpected frames (AP mode or NAN_DATA mode) 7200 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 7201 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 7202 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 7203 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 7204 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 7205 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 7206 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 7207 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 7208 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 7209 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 7210 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 7211 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 7212 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 7213 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 7214 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 7215 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 7216 * unprotected beacon report 7217 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 7218 * @ap and @client for each link 7219 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 7220 * started 7221 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 7222 * entered. 7223 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 7224 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 7225 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 7226 */ 7227 struct wireless_dev { 7228 struct wiphy *wiphy; 7229 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 7230 7231 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 7232 struct list_head list; 7233 struct net_device *netdev; 7234 7235 u32 identifier; 7236 7237 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 7238 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 7239 7240 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 7241 7242 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 7243 7244 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 7245 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 7246 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 7247 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 7248 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 7249 7250 struct wiphy_work disconnect_wk; 7251 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7252 7253 struct list_head event_list; 7254 spinlock_t event_lock; 7255 7256 u8 connected:1; 7257 7258 bool ps; 7259 int ps_timeout; 7260 7261 u32 unexpected_nlportid; 7262 7263 u32 owner_nlportid; 7264 bool nl_owner_dead; 7265 7266 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 7267 /* wext data */ 7268 struct { 7269 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 7270 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 7271 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 7272 const u8 *ie; 7273 size_t ie_len; 7274 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7275 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7276 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7277 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 7278 bool prev_bssid_valid; 7279 } wext; 7280 #endif 7281 7282 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 7283 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 7284 7285 struct list_head pmsr_list; 7286 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 7287 struct wiphy_work pmsr_free_wk; 7288 7289 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 7290 7291 union { 7292 struct { 7293 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7294 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7295 u8 ssid_len; 7296 } client; 7297 struct { 7298 int beacon_interval; 7299 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 7300 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7301 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 7302 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 7303 } mesh; 7304 struct { 7305 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 7306 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7307 u8 ssid_len; 7308 } ap; 7309 struct { 7310 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 7311 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7312 int beacon_interval; 7313 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7314 u8 ssid_len; 7315 } ibss; 7316 struct { 7317 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7318 } ocb; 7319 struct { 7320 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7321 u8 n_channels; 7322 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandefs; 7323 bool sched_update_pending; 7324 } nan; 7325 } u; 7326 7327 struct { 7328 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7329 union { 7330 struct { 7331 unsigned int beacon_interval; 7332 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7333 } ap; 7334 struct { 7335 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 7336 } client; 7337 }; 7338 7339 bool cac_started; 7340 unsigned long cac_start_time; 7341 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 7342 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7343 u16 valid_links; 7344 7345 u32 radio_mask; 7346 }; 7347 7348 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7349 { 7350 if (wdev->netdev) 7351 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 7352 return wdev->address; 7353 } 7354 7355 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7356 { 7357 if (wdev->netdev) 7358 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 7359 return wdev->is_running; 7360 } 7361 7362 /** 7363 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 7364 * 7365 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 7366 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 7367 */ 7368 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7369 { 7370 BUG_ON(!wdev); 7371 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 7372 } 7373 7374 /** 7375 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 7376 * @wdev: the wdev 7377 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 7378 * 7379 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 7380 */ 7381 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7382 unsigned int link_id); 7383 7384 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7385 unsigned int link_id) 7386 { 7387 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 7388 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 7389 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 7390 } 7391 7392 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 7393 for (link_id = 0; \ 7394 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 7395 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 7396 link_id++) \ 7397 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 7398 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 7399 7400 /** 7401 * DOC: Utility functions 7402 * 7403 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 7404 */ 7405 7406 /** 7407 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 7408 * 7409 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 7410 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 7411 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 7412 */ 7413 static inline bool 7414 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 7415 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 7416 { 7417 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 7418 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 7419 } 7420 7421 /** 7422 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 7423 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 7424 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 7425 */ 7426 static inline u32 7427 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 7428 { 7429 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 7430 } 7431 7432 /** 7433 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 7434 * @chan: channel number 7435 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 7436 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 7437 */ 7438 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 7439 7440 /** 7441 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 7442 * @chan: channel number 7443 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 7444 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 7445 */ 7446 static inline int 7447 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 7448 { 7449 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 7450 } 7451 7452 /** 7453 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 7454 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 7455 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 7456 */ 7457 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 7458 7459 /** 7460 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 7461 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 7462 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 7463 */ 7464 static inline int 7465 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 7466 { 7467 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 7468 } 7469 7470 /** 7471 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 7472 * frequency 7473 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 7474 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 7475 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 7476 */ 7477 struct ieee80211_channel * 7478 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 7479 7480 /** 7481 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 7482 * 7483 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 7484 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 7485 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 7486 */ 7487 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 7488 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 7489 { 7490 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 7491 } 7492 7493 /** 7494 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 7495 * @chan: control channel to check 7496 * 7497 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 7498 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 7499 * 7500 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 7501 */ 7502 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 7503 { 7504 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 7505 return false; 7506 7507 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 7508 } 7509 7510 /** 7511 * ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid - Check if the radio supports the 7512 * specified frequency range 7513 * 7514 * @radio: wiphy radio 7515 * @freq: the frequency (in KHz) to be queried 7516 * @width: the bandwidth (in KHz) to be queried 7517 * 7518 * Return: whether or not the given frequency range is valid for the given radio 7519 */ 7520 bool ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 7521 u32 freq, u32 width); 7522 7523 /** 7524 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 7525 * 7526 * @radio: wiphy radio 7527 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 7528 * 7529 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 7530 */ 7531 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 7532 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7533 7534 /** 7535 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 7536 * 7537 * @wdev: the wireless device 7538 * @chan: channel to check 7539 * 7540 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 7541 */ 7542 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7543 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 7544 7545 /** 7546 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 7547 * 7548 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7549 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 7550 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 7551 * 7552 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 7553 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 7554 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 7555 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 7556 */ 7557 const struct ieee80211_rate * 7558 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 7559 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 7560 7561 /** 7562 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 7563 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7564 * 7565 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 7566 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 7567 */ 7568 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 7569 7570 /* 7571 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 7572 * 7573 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 7574 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 7575 */ 7576 7577 struct radiotap_align_size { 7578 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 7579 }; 7580 7581 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 7582 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 7583 int n_bits; 7584 uint32_t oui; 7585 uint8_t subns; 7586 }; 7587 7588 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 7589 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 7590 int n_ns; 7591 }; 7592 7593 /** 7594 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 7595 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 7596 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 7597 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 7598 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 7599 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 7600 * the beginning of the actual data portion 7601 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 7602 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 7603 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 7604 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 7605 * radiotap namespace or not 7606 * 7607 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 7608 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 7609 * @_arg_index: next argument index 7610 * @_arg: next argument pointer 7611 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 7612 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 7613 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 7614 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 7615 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 7616 * next bitmap word 7617 * 7618 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 7619 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 7620 */ 7621 7622 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 7623 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 7624 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 7625 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 7626 7627 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 7628 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 7629 7630 unsigned char *this_arg; 7631 int this_arg_index; 7632 int this_arg_size; 7633 7634 int is_radiotap_ns; 7635 7636 int _max_length; 7637 int _arg_index; 7638 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 7639 int _reset_on_ext; 7640 }; 7641 7642 int 7643 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 7644 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 7645 int max_length, 7646 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 7647 7648 int 7649 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 7650 7651 7652 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 7653 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 7654 7655 /** 7656 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 7657 * 7658 * @skb: the frame 7659 * 7660 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 7661 * returns the 802.11 header length. 7662 * 7663 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 7664 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 7665 * 802.11 header. 7666 */ 7667 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 7668 7669 /** 7670 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 7671 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 7672 * Return: The header length in bytes. 7673 */ 7674 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 7675 7676 /** 7677 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 7678 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 7679 * (first byte) will be accessed 7680 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 7681 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 7682 */ 7683 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 7684 7685 /** 7686 * DOC: Data path helpers 7687 * 7688 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 7689 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 7690 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 7691 */ 7692 7693 /** 7694 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7695 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7696 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 7697 * of it being pushed into the SKB 7698 * @addr: the device MAC address 7699 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7700 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 7701 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 7702 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7703 */ 7704 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 7705 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7706 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 7707 7708 /** 7709 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7710 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7711 * @addr: the device MAC address 7712 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7713 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7714 */ 7715 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 7716 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 7717 { 7718 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 7719 } 7720 7721 /** 7722 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 7723 * 7724 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 7725 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 7726 * mesh control field. 7727 * 7728 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7729 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 7730 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 7731 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7732 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7733 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 7734 */ 7735 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 7736 7737 /** 7738 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 7739 * 7740 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 7741 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 7742 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 7743 * 7744 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7745 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 7746 * initialized by the caller. 7747 * @addr: The device MAC address. 7748 * @iftype: The device interface type. 7749 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 7750 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7751 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7752 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 7753 */ 7754 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 7755 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7756 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 7757 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 7758 u8 mesh_control); 7759 7760 /** 7761 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 7762 * 7763 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 7764 * protocol. 7765 * 7766 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 7767 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 7768 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 7769 */ 7770 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 7771 7772 /** 7773 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 7774 * 7775 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 7776 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 7777 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 7778 * 7779 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 7780 * 7781 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7782 */ 7783 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 7784 7785 /** 7786 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 7787 * @skb: the data frame 7788 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 7789 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 7790 */ 7791 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 7792 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 7793 7794 /** 7795 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 7796 * 7797 * @eid: element ID 7798 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7799 * @len: length of data 7800 * @match: byte array to match 7801 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7802 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7803 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7804 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7805 * the data portion instead. 7806 * 7807 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7808 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7809 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7810 * requested element struct. 7811 * 7812 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7813 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7814 * byte array to match. 7815 */ 7816 const struct element * 7817 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7818 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7819 unsigned int match_offset); 7820 7821 /** 7822 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7823 * 7824 * @eid: element ID 7825 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7826 * @len: length of data 7827 * @match: byte array to match 7828 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7829 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7830 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7831 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7832 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7833 * the second byte is the IE length. 7834 * 7835 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7836 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7837 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7838 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7839 * element ID. 7840 * 7841 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7842 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7843 * byte array to match. 7844 */ 7845 static inline const u8 * 7846 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7847 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7848 unsigned int match_offset) 7849 { 7850 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7851 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7852 */ 7853 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7854 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7855 return NULL; 7856 7857 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7858 match, match_len, 7859 match_offset ? 7860 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7861 } 7862 7863 /** 7864 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7865 * 7866 * @eid: element ID 7867 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7868 * @len: length of data 7869 * 7870 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7871 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7872 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7873 * requested element struct. 7874 * 7875 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7876 * having to fit into the given data. 7877 */ 7878 static inline const struct element * 7879 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7880 { 7881 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7882 } 7883 7884 /** 7885 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7886 * 7887 * @eid: element ID 7888 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7889 * @len: length of data 7890 * 7891 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7892 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7893 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7894 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7895 * 7896 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7897 * having to fit into the given data. 7898 */ 7899 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7900 { 7901 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7902 } 7903 7904 /** 7905 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7906 * 7907 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7908 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7909 * @len: length of data 7910 * 7911 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7912 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7913 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7914 * requested element struct. 7915 * 7916 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7917 * having to fit into the given data. 7918 */ 7919 static inline const struct element * 7920 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7921 { 7922 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7923 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7924 } 7925 7926 /** 7927 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7928 * 7929 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7930 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7931 * @len: length of data 7932 * 7933 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7934 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7935 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7936 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7937 * 7938 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7939 * having to fit into the given data. 7940 */ 7941 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7942 { 7943 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7944 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7945 } 7946 7947 /** 7948 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7949 * 7950 * @oui: vendor OUI 7951 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7952 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7953 * @len: length of data 7954 * 7955 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7956 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7957 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7958 * 7959 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7960 * the given data. 7961 */ 7962 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7963 const u8 *ies, 7964 unsigned int len); 7965 7966 /** 7967 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7968 * 7969 * @oui: vendor OUI 7970 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7971 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7972 * @len: length of data 7973 * 7974 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7975 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7976 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7977 * element ID. 7978 * 7979 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7980 * the given data. 7981 */ 7982 static inline const u8 * 7983 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7984 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7985 { 7986 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7987 } 7988 7989 /** 7990 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7991 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7992 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7993 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7994 */ 7995 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7996 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7997 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7998 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7999 }; 8000 8001 /** 8002 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 8003 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 8004 * their entries in 8005 * @elems_len: length of the elements 8006 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 8007 * for the return value 8008 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 8009 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 8010 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 8011 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 8012 * or elements were malformed.) 8013 */ 8014 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 8015 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 8016 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 8017 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 8018 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 8019 void *iter_data); 8020 8021 /** 8022 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 8023 * 8024 * @elem: the element to defragment 8025 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 8026 * @ieslen: length of @ies 8027 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 8028 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 8029 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 8030 * 8031 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 8032 * 8033 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 8034 * skipping all headers. 8035 * 8036 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 8037 * element in-place. 8038 */ 8039 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 8040 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 8041 u8 frag_id); 8042 8043 /** 8044 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 8045 * 8046 * @dev: network device 8047 * @addr: STA MAC address 8048 * 8049 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 8050 * devices upon STA association. 8051 */ 8052 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 8053 8054 /** 8055 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 8056 * 8057 * TODO 8058 */ 8059 8060 /** 8061 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 8062 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 8063 * conflicts) 8064 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 8065 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 8066 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 8067 * alpha2. 8068 * 8069 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 8070 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 8071 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 8072 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 8073 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 8074 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 8075 * 8076 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 8077 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 8078 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 8079 * 8080 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 8081 * an -ENOMEM. 8082 * 8083 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 8084 */ 8085 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 8086 8087 /** 8088 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 8089 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8090 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 8091 * 8092 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 8093 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 8094 * information. 8095 * 8096 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 8097 */ 8098 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8099 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 8100 8101 /** 8102 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 8103 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8104 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 8105 * 8106 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 8107 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 8108 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 8109 * 8110 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 8111 */ 8112 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8113 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 8114 8115 /** 8116 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 8117 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8118 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 8119 * 8120 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 8121 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 8122 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 8123 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 8124 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 8125 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 8126 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 8127 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 8128 * that called this helper. 8129 */ 8130 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8131 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 8132 8133 /** 8134 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 8135 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 8136 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 8137 * 8138 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 8139 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 8140 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 8141 * and processed already. 8142 * 8143 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 8144 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 8145 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 8146 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 8147 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 8148 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 8149 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 8150 */ 8151 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8152 u32 center_freq); 8153 8154 /** 8155 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 8156 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 8157 * 8158 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 8159 * proper string representation. 8160 * 8161 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 8162 */ 8163 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 8164 8165 /** 8166 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 8167 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 8168 * 8169 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 8170 * 8171 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 8172 */ 8173 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8174 8175 /** 8176 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 8177 * 8178 */ 8179 8180 /** 8181 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 8182 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 8183 * 8184 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 8185 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 8186 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 8187 * 8188 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 8189 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 8190 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 8191 * 8192 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 8193 * an -ENODATA. 8194 * 8195 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 8196 */ 8197 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 8198 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 8199 8200 /* 8201 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 8202 * functions and BSS handling helpers 8203 */ 8204 8205 /** 8206 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 8207 * 8208 * @request: the corresponding scan request 8209 * @info: information about the completed scan 8210 */ 8211 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 8212 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 8213 8214 /** 8215 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 8216 * 8217 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 8218 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8219 */ 8220 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8221 8222 /** 8223 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 8224 * 8225 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 8226 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8227 * 8228 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 8229 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 8230 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 8231 */ 8232 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8233 8234 /** 8235 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 8236 * 8237 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 8238 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8239 * 8240 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 8241 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 8242 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 8243 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 8244 */ 8245 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8246 8247 /** 8248 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 8249 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 8250 * @data: the BSS metadata 8251 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 8252 * @len: length of the management frame 8253 * @gfp: context flags 8254 * 8255 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 8256 * the BSS should be updated/added. 8257 * 8258 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 8259 * Or %NULL on error. 8260 */ 8261 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8262 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8263 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 8264 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 8265 gfp_t gfp); 8266 8267 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8268 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8269 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 8270 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 8271 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 8272 { 8273 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 8274 .chan = rx_channel, 8275 .signal = signal, 8276 }; 8277 8278 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 8279 } 8280 8281 /** 8282 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 8283 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 8284 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 8285 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 8286 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 8287 */ 8288 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 8289 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 8290 { 8291 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 8292 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 8293 u64 new_bssid_u64; 8294 8295 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 8296 8297 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 8298 8299 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 8300 } 8301 8302 /** 8303 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 8304 * @element: element to check 8305 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 8306 * 8307 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 8308 */ 8309 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 8310 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 8311 8312 /** 8313 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 8314 * @ie: ies 8315 * @ielen: length of IEs 8316 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 8317 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 8318 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 8319 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 8320 * 8321 * Return: the number of bytes merged 8322 */ 8323 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8324 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 8325 const struct element *sub_elem, 8326 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 8327 8328 /** 8329 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 8330 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 8331 * from a beacon or probe response 8332 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 8333 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 8334 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 8335 */ 8336 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 8337 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 8338 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 8339 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 8340 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 8341 }; 8342 8343 /** 8344 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 8345 * @ie: IEs 8346 * @ielen: length of IEs 8347 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 8348 * 8349 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 8350 */ 8351 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8352 enum nl80211_band band); 8353 8354 /** 8355 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 8356 * @a: first SSID 8357 * @b: second SSID 8358 * 8359 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 8360 */ 8361 static inline bool 8362 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 8363 { 8364 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 8365 return false; 8366 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 8367 return false; 8368 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 8369 } 8370 8371 /** 8372 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 8373 * 8374 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 8375 * @data: the BSS metadata 8376 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 8377 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 8378 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 8379 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 8380 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 8381 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 8382 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 8383 * @gfp: context flags 8384 * 8385 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 8386 * the BSS should be updated/added. 8387 * 8388 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 8389 * Or %NULL on error. 8390 */ 8391 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8392 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8393 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 8394 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 8395 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 8396 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8397 gfp_t gfp); 8398 8399 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8400 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8401 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 8402 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 8403 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 8404 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8405 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 8406 { 8407 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 8408 .chan = rx_channel, 8409 .signal = signal, 8410 }; 8411 8412 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 8413 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 8414 gfp); 8415 } 8416 8417 /** 8418 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 8419 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8420 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 8421 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 8422 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 8423 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 8424 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 8425 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 8426 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 8427 * @extack: (optional) extack that is filled with the reason when no 8428 * usable entry was found; may be %NULL 8429 * 8430 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 8431 */ 8432 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8433 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8434 const u8 *bssid, 8435 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 8436 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 8437 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 8438 u32 use_for, 8439 struct netlink_ext_ack *extack); 8440 8441 /** 8442 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 8443 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8444 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 8445 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 8446 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 8447 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 8448 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 8449 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 8450 * 8451 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 8452 * 8453 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 8454 */ 8455 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 8456 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8457 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 8458 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 8459 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 8460 { 8461 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 8462 bss_type, privacy, 8463 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL, NULL); 8464 } 8465 8466 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 8467 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8468 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8469 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 8470 { 8471 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 8472 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 8473 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 8474 } 8475 8476 /** 8477 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 8478 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8479 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 8480 * 8481 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 8482 */ 8483 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8484 8485 /** 8486 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 8487 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8488 * @bss: the BSS struct 8489 * 8490 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 8491 */ 8492 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8493 8494 /** 8495 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 8496 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8497 * @bss: the bss to remove 8498 * 8499 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 8500 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 8501 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 8502 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 8503 */ 8504 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8505 8506 /** 8507 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 8508 * 8509 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 8510 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 8511 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 8512 * 8513 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8514 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 8515 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 8516 * @iter: the iterator function to call 8517 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 8518 */ 8519 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8520 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8521 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8522 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 8523 void *data), 8524 void *iter_data); 8525 8526 /** 8527 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 8528 * @dev: network device 8529 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 8530 * @len: length of the frame data 8531 * 8532 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 8533 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 8534 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 8535 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8536 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 8537 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8538 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 8539 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 8540 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 8541 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 8542 * 8543 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8544 */ 8545 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8546 8547 /** 8548 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 8549 * @dev: network device 8550 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 8551 * 8552 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 8553 * mutex. 8554 */ 8555 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 8556 8557 /** 8558 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 8559 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 8560 * @len: length of the frame data 8561 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 8562 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 8563 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 8564 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 8565 * @assoc_encrypted: indicate if the (re)association exchange is encrypted. 8566 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 8567 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 8568 * non-MLO connections 8569 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 8570 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 8571 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 8572 * were rejected by the AP. 8573 */ 8574 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 8575 const u8 *buf; 8576 size_t len; 8577 const u8 *req_ies; 8578 size_t req_ies_len; 8579 int uapsd_queues; 8580 bool assoc_encrypted; 8581 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8582 struct { 8583 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 8584 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8585 u16 status; 8586 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8587 }; 8588 8589 /** 8590 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 8591 * @dev: network device 8592 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 8593 * 8594 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 8595 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8596 * 8597 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8598 */ 8599 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 8600 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 8601 8602 /** 8603 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 8604 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 8605 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 8606 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 8607 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 8608 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 8609 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 8610 */ 8611 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 8612 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8613 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8614 bool timeout; 8615 }; 8616 8617 /** 8618 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 8619 * @dev: network device 8620 * @data: data describing the association failure 8621 * 8622 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8623 */ 8624 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 8625 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 8626 8627 /** 8628 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 8629 * @dev: network device 8630 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 8631 * @len: length of the frame data 8632 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 8633 * 8634 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 8635 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 8636 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 8637 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 8638 */ 8639 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8640 bool reconnect); 8641 8642 /** 8643 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 8644 * @dev: network device 8645 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 8646 * @len: length of the frame data 8647 * 8648 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 8649 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 8650 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 8651 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 8652 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 8653 * 8654 * This function may sleep. 8655 */ 8656 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 8657 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8658 8659 /** 8660 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 8661 * @dev: network device 8662 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 8663 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 8664 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 8665 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 8666 * @gfp: allocation flags 8667 * 8668 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 8669 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 8670 * primitive. 8671 */ 8672 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8673 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 8674 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 8675 8676 /** 8677 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 8678 * 8679 * @dev: network device 8680 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 8681 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 8682 * @gfp: allocation flags 8683 * 8684 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 8685 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 8686 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 8687 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 8688 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 8689 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 8690 */ 8691 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8692 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 8693 8694 /** 8695 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 8696 * candidate 8697 * 8698 * @dev: network device 8699 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 8700 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 8701 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 8702 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 8703 * @gfp: allocation flags 8704 * 8705 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 8706 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 8707 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 8708 */ 8709 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 8710 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8711 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 8712 8713 /** 8714 * DOC: RFkill integration 8715 * 8716 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 8717 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 8718 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 8719 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 8720 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 8721 * 8722 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 8723 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 8724 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 8725 */ 8726 8727 /** 8728 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 8729 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8730 * @blocked: block status 8731 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 8732 */ 8733 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 8734 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 8735 8736 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 8737 { 8738 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 8739 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 8740 } 8741 8742 /** 8743 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 8744 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8745 */ 8746 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8747 8748 /** 8749 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 8750 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8751 */ 8752 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 8753 { 8754 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 8755 } 8756 8757 /** 8758 * DOC: Vendor commands 8759 * 8760 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 8761 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 8762 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 8763 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 8764 * the configuration mechanism. 8765 * 8766 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 8767 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 8768 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 8769 * 8770 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 8771 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 8772 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 8773 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 8774 * managers etc. need. 8775 */ 8776 8777 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8778 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8779 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8780 int approxlen); 8781 8782 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8783 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8784 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8785 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8786 unsigned int portid, 8787 int vendor_event_idx, 8788 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 8789 8790 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 8791 8792 /** 8793 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 8794 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8795 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8796 * be put into the skb 8797 * 8798 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8799 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8800 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 8801 * 8802 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 8803 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8804 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8805 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8806 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8807 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8808 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8809 * 8810 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8811 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8812 * 8813 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8814 */ 8815 static inline struct sk_buff * 8816 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8817 { 8818 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8819 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8820 } 8821 8822 /** 8823 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8824 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8825 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8826 * 8827 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8828 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8829 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8830 * skb regardless of the return value. 8831 * 8832 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8833 */ 8834 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8835 8836 /** 8837 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8838 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8839 * 8840 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8841 * 8842 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8843 */ 8844 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8845 8846 /** 8847 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8848 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8849 * @wdev: the wireless device 8850 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8851 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8852 * be put into the skb 8853 * @gfp: allocation flags 8854 * 8855 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8856 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8857 * 8858 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8859 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8860 * attribute. 8861 * 8862 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8863 * skb to send the event. 8864 * 8865 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8866 */ 8867 static inline struct sk_buff * 8868 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8869 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8870 { 8871 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8872 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8873 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8874 } 8875 8876 /** 8877 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8878 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8879 * @wdev: the wireless device 8880 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8881 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8882 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8883 * be put into the skb 8884 * @gfp: allocation flags 8885 * 8886 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8887 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8888 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8889 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8890 * 8891 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8892 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8893 * attribute. 8894 * 8895 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8896 * skb to send the event. 8897 * 8898 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8899 */ 8900 static inline struct sk_buff * 8901 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8902 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8903 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8904 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8905 { 8906 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8907 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8908 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8909 } 8910 8911 /** 8912 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8913 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8914 * @gfp: allocation flags 8915 * 8916 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8917 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8918 */ 8919 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8920 { 8921 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8922 } 8923 8924 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8925 /** 8926 * DOC: Test mode 8927 * 8928 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8929 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8930 * factory programming. 8931 * 8932 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8933 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8934 */ 8935 8936 /** 8937 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8938 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8939 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8940 * be put into the skb 8941 * 8942 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8943 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8944 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8945 * 8946 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8947 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8948 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8949 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8950 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8951 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8952 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8953 * 8954 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8955 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8956 * 8957 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8958 */ 8959 static inline struct sk_buff * 8960 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8961 { 8962 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8963 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8964 } 8965 8966 /** 8967 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8968 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8969 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8970 * 8971 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8972 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8973 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8974 * regardless of the return value. 8975 * 8976 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8977 */ 8978 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8979 { 8980 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8981 } 8982 8983 /** 8984 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8985 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8986 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8987 * be put into the skb 8988 * @gfp: allocation flags 8989 * 8990 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8991 * testmode multicast group. 8992 * 8993 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8994 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8995 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8996 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8997 * in any other way. 8998 * 8999 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 9000 * skb to send the event. 9001 * 9002 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 9003 */ 9004 static inline struct sk_buff * 9005 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 9006 { 9007 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 9008 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 9009 approxlen, gfp); 9010 } 9011 9012 /** 9013 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 9014 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 9015 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 9016 * @gfp: allocation flags 9017 * 9018 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 9019 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 9020 * consumes it. 9021 */ 9022 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 9023 { 9024 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 9025 } 9026 9027 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 9028 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 9029 #else 9030 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 9031 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 9032 #endif 9033 9034 /** 9035 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 9036 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 9037 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 9038 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 9039 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 9040 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 9041 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 9042 * status for a FILS connection. 9043 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 9044 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 9045 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 9046 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 9047 */ 9048 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 9049 const u8 *kek; 9050 size_t kek_len; 9051 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 9052 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 9053 const u8 *pmk; 9054 size_t pmk_len; 9055 const u8 *pmkid; 9056 }; 9057 9058 /** 9059 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 9060 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9061 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9062 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 9063 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 9064 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 9065 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 9066 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 9067 * case. 9068 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 9069 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 9070 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9071 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 9072 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 9073 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 9074 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 9075 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 9076 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 9077 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 9078 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 9079 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 9080 * zero. 9081 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 9082 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 9083 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 9084 * connected AP info. 9085 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 9086 * %NULL. 9087 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 9088 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 9089 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 9090 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 9091 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 9092 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 9093 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 9094 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 9095 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 9096 * to be specified. 9097 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 9098 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 9099 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 9100 * @assoc_encrypted: The driver should set this flag to indicate that the 9101 * (Re)Association Request/Response frames are transmitted encrypted over 9102 * the air. 9103 */ 9104 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 9105 int status; 9106 const u8 *req_ie; 9107 size_t req_ie_len; 9108 const u8 *resp_ie; 9109 size_t resp_ie_len; 9110 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 9111 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 9112 bool assoc_encrypted; 9113 9114 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 9115 u16 valid_links; 9116 struct { 9117 const u8 *addr; 9118 const u8 *bssid; 9119 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9120 u16 status; 9121 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9122 }; 9123 9124 /** 9125 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9126 * 9127 * @dev: network device 9128 * @params: connection response parameters 9129 * @gfp: allocation flags 9130 * 9131 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9132 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9133 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 9134 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 9135 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 9136 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9137 */ 9138 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 9139 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 9140 gfp_t gfp); 9141 9142 /** 9143 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9144 * 9145 * @dev: network device 9146 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9147 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 9148 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 9149 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 9150 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 9151 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 9152 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 9153 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9154 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9155 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9156 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9157 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9158 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9159 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 9160 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 9161 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 9162 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 9163 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 9164 * case. 9165 * @gfp: allocation flags 9166 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 9167 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 9168 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 9169 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 9170 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 9171 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 9172 * 9173 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9174 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9175 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 9176 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 9177 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9178 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9179 */ 9180 static inline void 9181 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9182 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 9183 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 9184 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 9185 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 9186 { 9187 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 9188 9189 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 9190 params.status = status; 9191 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 9192 params.links[0].bss = bss; 9193 params.req_ie = req_ie; 9194 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 9195 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 9196 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 9197 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 9198 9199 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 9200 } 9201 9202 /** 9203 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9204 * 9205 * @dev: network device 9206 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9207 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9208 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9209 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9210 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9211 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9212 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9213 * the real status code for failures. 9214 * @gfp: allocation flags 9215 * 9216 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9217 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9218 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 9219 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9220 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9221 */ 9222 static inline void 9223 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9224 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 9225 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 9226 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 9227 { 9228 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 9229 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 9230 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 9231 } 9232 9233 /** 9234 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 9235 * 9236 * @dev: network device 9237 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9238 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9239 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9240 * @gfp: allocation flags 9241 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 9242 * 9243 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 9244 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 9245 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 9246 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 9247 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 9248 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9249 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9250 */ 9251 static inline void 9252 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9253 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 9254 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 9255 { 9256 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 9257 gfp, timeout_reason); 9258 } 9259 9260 /** 9261 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 9262 * 9263 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9264 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9265 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9266 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9267 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 9268 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 9269 * Otherwise zero. 9270 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 9271 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 9272 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 9273 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 9274 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 9275 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 9276 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 9277 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 9278 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 9279 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 9280 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 9281 */ 9282 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 9283 const u8 *req_ie; 9284 size_t req_ie_len; 9285 const u8 *resp_ie; 9286 size_t resp_ie_len; 9287 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 9288 9289 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 9290 u16 valid_links; 9291 struct { 9292 const u8 *addr; 9293 const u8 *bssid; 9294 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 9295 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9296 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9297 }; 9298 9299 /** 9300 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 9301 * 9302 * @dev: network device 9303 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 9304 * @gfp: allocation flags 9305 * 9306 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 9307 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 9308 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 9309 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 9310 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 9311 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 9312 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 9313 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 9314 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 9315 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 9316 */ 9317 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 9318 gfp_t gfp); 9319 9320 /** 9321 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 9322 * 9323 * @dev: network device 9324 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 9325 * in case of AP/P2P GO 9326 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 9327 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 9328 * @gfp: allocation flags 9329 * 9330 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 9331 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 9332 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 9333 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 9334 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 9335 * indicate the 802.11 association. 9336 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 9337 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 9338 * associated STA/GC. 9339 */ 9340 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 9341 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 9342 9343 /** 9344 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 9345 * 9346 * @dev: network device 9347 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 9348 * @ie_len: length of IEs 9349 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 9350 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 9351 * @gfp: allocation flags 9352 * 9353 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 9354 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 9355 */ 9356 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 9357 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 9358 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 9359 9360 /** 9361 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 9362 * @wdev: wireless device 9363 * @cookie: the request cookie 9364 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 9365 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 9366 * channel 9367 * @gfp: allocation flags 9368 */ 9369 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9370 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9371 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 9372 9373 /** 9374 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 9375 * @wdev: wireless device 9376 * @cookie: the request cookie 9377 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 9378 * @gfp: allocation flags 9379 */ 9380 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9381 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9382 gfp_t gfp); 9383 9384 /** 9385 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 9386 * @wdev: wireless device 9387 * @cookie: the requested cookie 9388 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 9389 * @gfp: allocation flags 9390 */ 9391 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9392 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 9393 9394 /** 9395 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 9396 * 9397 * @sinfo: the station information 9398 * @gfp: allocation flags 9399 * 9400 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9401 */ 9402 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9403 9404 /** 9405 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 9406 * 9407 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 9408 * @gfp: allocation flags 9409 * 9410 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9411 */ 9412 int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 9413 gfp_t gfp); 9414 9415 /** 9416 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 9417 * @sinfo: the station information 9418 * 9419 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 9420 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 9421 * the stack.) 9422 */ 9423 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 9424 { 9425 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 9426 9427 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 9428 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 9429 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 9430 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 9431 } 9432 } 9433 } 9434 9435 /** 9436 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 9437 * 9438 * @wdev: the wireless device 9439 * @mac_addr: the station's address 9440 * @sinfo: the station information 9441 * @gfp: allocation flags 9442 */ 9443 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct wireless_dev *wdev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9444 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9445 9446 /** 9447 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 9448 * @wdev: the wireless device 9449 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 9450 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 9451 * @gfp: allocation flags 9452 */ 9453 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct wireless_dev *wdev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9454 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9455 9456 /** 9457 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 9458 * 9459 * @wdev: the wireless device 9460 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 9461 * @gfp: allocation flags 9462 */ 9463 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9464 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 9465 { 9466 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(wdev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 9467 } 9468 9469 /** 9470 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 9471 * 9472 * @dev: the netdev 9473 * @mac_addr: the station's address 9474 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 9475 * @gfp: allocation flags 9476 * 9477 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 9478 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 9479 * for some reasons, this function is called. 9480 * 9481 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 9482 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 9483 */ 9484 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9485 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 9486 gfp_t gfp); 9487 9488 /** 9489 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 9490 * 9491 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 9492 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9493 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 9494 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 9495 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 9496 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9497 * @len: length of the frame data 9498 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9499 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 9500 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 9501 */ 9502 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 9503 int freq; 9504 int sig_dbm; 9505 bool have_link_id; 9506 u8 link_id; 9507 const u8 *buf; 9508 size_t len; 9509 u32 flags; 9510 u64 rx_tstamp; 9511 u64 ack_tstamp; 9512 }; 9513 9514 /** 9515 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 9516 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9517 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 9518 * 9519 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9520 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9521 * 9522 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9523 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9524 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9525 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9526 */ 9527 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9528 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 9529 9530 /** 9531 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 9532 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9533 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 9534 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9535 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9536 * @len: length of the frame data 9537 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9538 * 9539 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9540 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9541 * 9542 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9543 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9544 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9545 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9546 */ 9547 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 9548 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 9549 u32 flags) 9550 { 9551 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 9552 .freq = freq, 9553 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9554 .buf = buf, 9555 .len = len, 9556 .flags = flags 9557 }; 9558 9559 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9560 } 9561 9562 /** 9563 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 9564 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9565 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 9566 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9567 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9568 * @len: length of the frame data 9569 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9570 * 9571 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9572 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9573 * 9574 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9575 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9576 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9577 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9578 */ 9579 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 9580 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 9581 u32 flags) 9582 { 9583 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 9584 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9585 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9586 .buf = buf, 9587 .len = len, 9588 .flags = flags 9589 }; 9590 9591 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9592 } 9593 9594 /** 9595 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 9596 * 9597 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9598 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 9599 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 9600 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9601 * @len: length of the frame data 9602 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9603 */ 9604 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 9605 u64 cookie; 9606 u64 tx_tstamp; 9607 u64 ack_tstamp; 9608 const u8 *buf; 9609 size_t len; 9610 bool ack; 9611 }; 9612 9613 /** 9614 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 9615 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9616 * @status: TX status data 9617 * @gfp: context flags 9618 * 9619 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9620 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9621 * transmission attempt with extended info. 9622 */ 9623 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9624 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 9625 9626 /** 9627 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 9628 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9629 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9630 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9631 * @len: length of the frame data 9632 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9633 * @gfp: context flags 9634 * 9635 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9636 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9637 * transmission attempt. 9638 */ 9639 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9640 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 9641 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 9642 { 9643 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 9644 .cookie = cookie, 9645 .buf = buf, 9646 .len = len, 9647 .ack = ack 9648 }; 9649 9650 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 9651 } 9652 9653 /** 9654 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 9655 * port frames 9656 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9657 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 9658 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 9659 * @len: length of the frame data 9660 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9661 * @gfp: context flags 9662 * 9663 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 9664 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 9665 * the transmission attempt. 9666 */ 9667 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9668 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 9669 gfp_t gfp); 9670 9671 /** 9672 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 9673 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9674 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 9675 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 9676 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 9677 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 9678 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 9679 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 9680 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9681 * 9682 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 9683 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 9684 * control port frames over nl80211. 9685 * 9686 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 9687 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 9688 * 9689 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 9690 */ 9691 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 9692 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 9693 9694 /** 9695 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 9696 * @dev: network device 9697 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 9698 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 9699 * @gfp: context flags 9700 * 9701 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 9702 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 9703 */ 9704 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9705 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 9706 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 9707 9708 /** 9709 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 9710 * @dev: network device 9711 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9712 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 9713 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 9714 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 9715 * @gfp: context flags 9716 */ 9717 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9718 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 9719 9720 /** 9721 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 9722 * @dev: network device 9723 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9724 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 9725 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 9726 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 9727 * @gfp: context flags 9728 * 9729 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 9730 * given interval is exceeded. 9731 */ 9732 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9733 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 9734 9735 /** 9736 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 9737 * @dev: network device 9738 * @gfp: context flags 9739 * 9740 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 9741 */ 9742 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 9743 9744 /** 9745 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 9746 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9747 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9748 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 9749 * @gfp: context flags 9750 * 9751 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 9752 */ 9753 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9754 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9755 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 9756 9757 static inline void 9758 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9759 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9760 gfp_t gfp) 9761 { 9762 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 9763 } 9764 9765 static inline void 9766 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9767 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9768 gfp_t gfp) 9769 { 9770 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 9771 } 9772 9773 /** 9774 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 9775 * @dev: network device 9776 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 9777 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 9778 * @gfp: context flags 9779 * 9780 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 9781 * frame. 9782 */ 9783 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 9784 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 9785 gfp_t gfp); 9786 9787 /** 9788 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 9789 * @netdev: network device 9790 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9791 * @event: type of event 9792 * @gfp: context flags 9793 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 9794 * 9795 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 9796 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 9797 * also by full-MAC drivers. 9798 */ 9799 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9800 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9801 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 9802 unsigned int link_id); 9803 9804 /** 9805 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 9806 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9807 * 9808 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 9809 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 9810 */ 9811 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9812 9813 /** 9814 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9815 * @dev: network device 9816 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9817 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9818 * @gfp: allocation flags 9819 */ 9820 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9821 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9822 9823 /** 9824 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9825 * @dev: network device 9826 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9827 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9828 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9829 * @gfp: allocation flags 9830 */ 9831 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9832 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9833 9834 /** 9835 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9836 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9837 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9838 * @addr: the transmitter address 9839 * @gfp: context flags 9840 * 9841 * This function is used in AP mode to inform userspace that a spurious 9842 * class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the sender. 9843 * It is also used in NAN_DATA mode to report frames from unknown peers 9844 * (A2 not assigned to any active NDP), per Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification 6.2.5. 9845 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9846 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9847 */ 9848 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9849 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9850 9851 /** 9852 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9853 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9854 * @addr: the transmitter address 9855 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9856 * @gfp: context flags 9857 * 9858 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9859 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9860 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9861 * station to avoid event flooding. 9862 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9863 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9864 */ 9865 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9866 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9867 9868 /** 9869 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9870 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9871 * @peer: The peer MAC address (or MLD address for MLO) or %NULL if not 9872 * applicable (e.g. for STA/P2P-client) 9873 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_peer previously 9874 * @link_id: The link ID on which the probe was sent (or -1 for non-MLO) 9875 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9876 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9877 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9878 * @gfp: allocation flags 9879 */ 9880 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, u64 cookie, 9881 int link_id, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9882 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9883 9884 /** 9885 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9886 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9887 * @frame: the frame 9888 * @len: length of the frame 9889 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9890 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9891 * 9892 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9893 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9894 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9895 */ 9896 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9897 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9898 9899 /** 9900 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9901 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9902 * @frame: the frame 9903 * @len: length of the frame 9904 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9905 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9906 * 9907 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9908 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9909 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9910 */ 9911 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9912 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9913 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9914 { 9915 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9916 sig_dbm); 9917 } 9918 9919 /** 9920 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9921 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9922 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9923 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9924 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9925 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9926 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9927 */ 9928 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9929 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9930 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9931 bool relax; 9932 }; 9933 9934 /** 9935 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9936 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9937 * @chandef: the channel definition 9938 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9939 * 9940 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9941 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9942 */ 9943 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9944 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9945 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9946 9947 /** 9948 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9949 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9950 * @chandef: the channel definition 9951 * @iftype: interface type 9952 * 9953 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9954 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9955 */ 9956 static inline bool 9957 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9958 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9959 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9960 { 9961 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9962 .iftype = iftype, 9963 }; 9964 9965 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9966 } 9967 9968 /** 9969 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9970 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9971 * @chandef: the channel definition 9972 * @iftype: interface type 9973 * 9974 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9975 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9976 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9977 * more permissive conditions. 9978 * 9979 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9980 */ 9981 static inline bool 9982 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9983 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9984 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9985 { 9986 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9987 .iftype = iftype, 9988 .relax = true, 9989 }; 9990 9991 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9992 } 9993 9994 /** 9995 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9996 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9997 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9998 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9999 * 10000 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 10001 * driver context! 10002 */ 10003 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10004 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10005 unsigned int link_id); 10006 10007 /** 10008 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 10009 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 10010 * @chandef: the future channel definition 10011 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 10012 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 10013 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 10014 * 10015 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 10016 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 10017 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 10018 */ 10019 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10020 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10021 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 10022 bool quiet); 10023 10024 /** 10025 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 10026 * 10027 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 10028 * @band: band pointer to fill 10029 * 10030 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10031 */ 10032 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 10033 enum nl80211_band *band); 10034 10035 /** 10036 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 10037 * 10038 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 10039 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 10040 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 10041 * 10042 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10043 */ 10044 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 10045 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 10046 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 10047 10048 /** 10049 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 10050 * 10051 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 10052 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 10053 * 10054 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10055 */ 10056 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10057 u8 *op_class); 10058 10059 /** 10060 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 10061 * 10062 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 10063 * 10064 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 10065 */ 10066 static inline u32 10067 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10068 { 10069 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10070 } 10071 10072 /** 10073 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 10074 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 10075 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 10076 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 10077 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 10078 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 10079 * @gfp: allocation flags 10080 * 10081 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 10082 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 10083 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 10084 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 10085 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 10086 */ 10087 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 10088 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 10089 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 10090 10091 /** 10092 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 10093 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 10094 * 10095 * Return: calculated bitrate 10096 */ 10097 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 10098 10099 /** 10100 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 10101 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 10102 * 10103 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 10104 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 10105 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 10106 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 10107 * is unbound from the driver. 10108 * 10109 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10110 */ 10111 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10112 10113 /** 10114 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 10115 * @dev: the netdev to register 10116 * 10117 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 10118 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 10119 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 10120 * instead as well. 10121 * 10122 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10123 * 10124 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10125 */ 10126 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 10127 10128 /** 10129 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 10130 * @dev: the netdev to register 10131 * 10132 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 10133 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 10134 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 10135 * usable instead as well. 10136 * 10137 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10138 */ 10139 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 10140 { 10141 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 10142 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 10143 #endif 10144 } 10145 10146 /** 10147 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 10148 * @ies: FT IEs 10149 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 10150 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 10151 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 10152 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 10153 */ 10154 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 10155 const u8 *ies; 10156 size_t ies_len; 10157 const u8 *target_ap; 10158 const u8 *ric_ies; 10159 size_t ric_ies_len; 10160 }; 10161 10162 /** 10163 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 10164 * @netdev: network device 10165 * @ft_event: IE information 10166 */ 10167 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 10168 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 10169 10170 /** 10171 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 10172 * @ies: the input IE buffer 10173 * @len: the input length 10174 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 10175 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 10176 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 10177 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 10178 * 10179 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 10180 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 10181 * 10182 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 10183 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 10184 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 10185 */ 10186 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 10187 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 10188 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 10189 10190 /** 10191 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 10192 * @ies: the IE buffer 10193 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 10194 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 10195 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 10196 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 10197 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 10198 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 10199 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 10200 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 10201 * 10202 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 10203 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 10204 * split. 10205 * 10206 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 10207 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 10208 * 10209 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 10210 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 10211 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 10212 * 10213 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 10214 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 10215 * used. 10216 */ 10217 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 10218 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 10219 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 10220 size_t offset); 10221 10222 /** 10223 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 10224 * @ies: the IE buffer 10225 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 10226 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 10227 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 10228 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 10229 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 10230 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 10231 * 10232 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 10233 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 10234 * split. 10235 * 10236 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 10237 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 10238 * 10239 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 10240 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 10241 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 10242 * 10243 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 10244 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 10245 * used. 10246 */ 10247 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 10248 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 10249 { 10250 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 10251 } 10252 10253 /** 10254 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 10255 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 10256 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 10257 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 10258 * 10259 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 10260 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 10261 * accordingly. 10262 */ 10263 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 10264 10265 /** 10266 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 10267 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 10268 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 10269 * @gfp: allocation flags 10270 * 10271 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 10272 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 10273 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 10274 * else caused the wakeup. 10275 */ 10276 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10277 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 10278 gfp_t gfp); 10279 10280 /** 10281 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 10282 * 10283 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 10284 * @gfp: allocation flags 10285 * 10286 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 10287 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 10288 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 10289 */ 10290 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 10291 10292 /** 10293 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 10294 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10295 * 10296 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 10297 */ 10298 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10299 10300 /** 10301 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 10302 * 10303 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10304 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 10305 * 10306 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 10307 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 10308 * the interface combinations. 10309 * 10310 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 10311 */ 10312 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10313 struct iface_combination_params *params); 10314 10315 /** 10316 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 10317 * 10318 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10319 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 10320 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 10321 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 10322 * 10323 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 10324 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 10325 * purposes. 10326 * 10327 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10328 */ 10329 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10330 struct iface_combination_params *params, 10331 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 10332 void *data), 10333 void *data); 10334 /** 10335 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 10336 * 10337 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10338 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 10339 * 10340 * Return: radio index on success or -EINVAL otherwise 10341 */ 10342 int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10343 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 10344 10345 /** 10346 * cfg80211_stop_link - stop AP/P2P_GO link if link_id is non-negative or stops 10347 * all links on the interface. 10348 * 10349 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10350 * @wdev: wireless device 10351 * @link_id: valid link ID in case of MLO AP/P2P_GO Operation or else -1 10352 * @gfp: context flags 10353 * 10354 * If link_id is set during MLO operation, stops only the specified AP/P2P_GO 10355 * link and if link_id is set to -1 or last link is stopped, the entire 10356 * interface is stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA disconnected. 10357 */ 10358 void cfg80211_stop_link(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10359 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 10360 10361 /** 10362 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 10363 * 10364 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10365 * @wdev: wireless device 10366 * @gfp: context flags 10367 * 10368 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 10369 * disconnected. 10370 * 10371 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 10372 */ 10373 static inline void 10374 cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp) 10375 { 10376 cfg80211_stop_link(wiphy, wdev, -1, gfp); 10377 } 10378 10379 /** 10380 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 10381 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 10382 * 10383 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 10384 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 10385 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 10386 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 10387 * 10388 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 10389 * the driver while the function is running. 10390 */ 10391 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10392 10393 /** 10394 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 10395 * 10396 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 10397 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 10398 * 10399 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 10400 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 10401 */ 10402 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10403 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 10404 { 10405 u8 *ft_byte; 10406 10407 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 10408 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 10409 } 10410 10411 /** 10412 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 10413 * 10414 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 10415 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 10416 * 10417 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 10418 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 10419 * 10420 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 10421 */ 10422 static inline bool 10423 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10424 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 10425 { 10426 u8 ft_byte; 10427 10428 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 10429 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 10430 } 10431 10432 /** 10433 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 10434 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 10435 * 10436 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 10437 */ 10438 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 10439 10440 /** 10441 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 10442 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 10443 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 10444 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 10445 * result. 10446 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 10447 * @inst_id: the local instance id 10448 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 10449 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 10450 * @info_len: the length of the &info 10451 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 10452 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 10453 */ 10454 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 10455 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 10456 u8 inst_id; 10457 u8 peer_inst_id; 10458 const u8 *addr; 10459 u8 info_len; 10460 const u8 *info; 10461 u64 cookie; 10462 }; 10463 10464 /** 10465 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 10466 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 10467 * @match: match notification parameters 10468 * @gfp: allocation flags 10469 * 10470 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 10471 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 10472 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 10473 */ 10474 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10475 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 10476 10477 /** 10478 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 10479 * 10480 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 10481 * @inst_id: the local instance id 10482 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 10483 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 10484 * @gfp: allocation flags 10485 * 10486 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 10487 */ 10488 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10489 u8 inst_id, 10490 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 10491 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 10492 10493 /** 10494 * cfg80211_nan_sched_update_done - notify deferred schedule update completion 10495 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the event 10496 * @success: whether or not the schedule update was successful 10497 * @gfp: allocation flags 10498 * 10499 * This function notifies user space that a deferred local NAN schedule update 10500 * (requested with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED) has been completed. 10501 */ 10502 void cfg80211_nan_sched_update_done(struct wireless_dev *wdev, bool success, 10503 gfp_t gfp); 10504 10505 /* ethtool helper */ 10506 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 10507 10508 /** 10509 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 10510 * @netdev: network device 10511 * @params: External authentication parameters 10512 * @gfp: allocation flags 10513 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 10514 */ 10515 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 10516 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 10517 gfp_t gfp); 10518 10519 /** 10520 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 10521 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 10522 * @req: the original measurement request 10523 * @result: the result data 10524 * @gfp: allocation flags 10525 */ 10526 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10527 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 10528 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 10529 gfp_t gfp); 10530 10531 /** 10532 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 10533 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 10534 * @req: the original measurement request 10535 * @gfp: allocation flags 10536 * 10537 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 10538 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 10539 */ 10540 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10541 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 10542 gfp_t gfp); 10543 10544 /** 10545 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 10546 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10547 * @iftype: interface type 10548 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 10549 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 10550 * 10551 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 10552 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 10553 * check_swif is '1'. 10554 * 10555 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 10556 */ 10557 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 10558 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 10559 10560 10561 /** 10562 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 10563 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 10564 * @netdev: network device 10565 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 10566 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 10567 * 10568 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 10569 */ 10570 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 10571 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 10572 10573 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 10574 10575 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 10576 10577 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 10578 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10579 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10580 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10581 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10582 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10583 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10584 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10585 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10586 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10587 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10588 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10589 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10590 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10591 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10592 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10593 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10594 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10595 10596 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10597 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10598 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10599 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10600 10601 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10602 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 10603 10604 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10605 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10606 10607 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 10608 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 10609 #else 10610 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10611 ({ \ 10612 if (0) \ 10613 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 10614 0; \ 10615 }) 10616 #endif 10617 10618 /* 10619 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 10620 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 10621 * file/line information and a backtrace. 10622 */ 10623 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10624 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 10625 10626 /** 10627 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 10628 * @netdev: network device 10629 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 10630 * @gfp: allocation flags 10631 */ 10632 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 10633 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 10634 gfp_t gfp); 10635 10636 /** 10637 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 10638 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10639 */ 10640 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10641 10642 /** 10643 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 10644 * @dev: network device 10645 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 10646 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10647 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10648 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10649 * 10650 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10651 */ 10652 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10653 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 10654 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 10655 10656 /** 10657 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 10658 * @dev: network device 10659 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10660 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10661 * 10662 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10663 */ 10664 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10665 u64 color_bitmap, 10666 u8 link_id) 10667 { 10668 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 10669 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 10670 } 10671 10672 /** 10673 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 10674 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10675 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10676 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10677 * 10678 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 10679 * 10680 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10681 */ 10682 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10683 u8 count, u8 link_id) 10684 { 10685 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 10686 count, 0, link_id); 10687 } 10688 10689 /** 10690 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 10691 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10692 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10693 * 10694 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 10695 * 10696 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10697 */ 10698 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10699 u8 link_id) 10700 { 10701 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 10702 0, 0, link_id); 10703 } 10704 10705 /** 10706 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 10707 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 10708 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10709 * 10710 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 10711 * 10712 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10713 */ 10714 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10715 u8 link_id) 10716 { 10717 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 10718 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 10719 0, 0, link_id); 10720 } 10721 10722 /** 10723 * cfg80211_6ghz_power_type - determine AP regulatory power type 10724 * @control: control flags 10725 * @client_flags: &enum ieee80211_channel_flags for station mode to enable 10726 * SP to LPI fallback, zero otherwise. 10727 * 10728 * Return: regulatory power type from &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10729 */ 10730 static inline enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10731 cfg80211_6ghz_power_type(u8 control, u32 client_flags) 10732 { 10733 switch (u8_get_bits(control, IEEE80211_HE_6GHZ_OPER_CTRL_REG_INFO)) { 10734 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_LPI_AP: 10735 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_LPI_AP: 10736 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_AP_ROLE_NOT_RELEVANT: 10737 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP_OLD: 10738 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10739 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_SP_AP: 10740 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10741 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_VLP_AP: 10742 return IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP; 10743 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP: 10744 if (client_flags & IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT) 10745 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10746 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10747 default: 10748 return IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP; 10749 } 10750 } 10751 10752 /** 10753 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 10754 * @dev: network device. 10755 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 10756 * 10757 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 10758 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 10759 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 10760 * case disconnect instead. 10761 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 10762 */ 10763 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 10764 10765 /** 10766 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 10767 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 10768 * @len: length of the frame data 10769 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 10770 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 10771 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 10772 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 10773 * driver. 10774 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 10775 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 10776 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 10777 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 10778 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 10779 * 10780 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 10781 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 10782 */ 10783 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 10784 const u8 *buf; 10785 size_t len; 10786 bool driver_initiated; 10787 u16 added_links; 10788 struct { 10789 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 10790 u8 *addr; 10791 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 10792 }; 10793 10794 /** 10795 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 10796 * @dev: network device. 10797 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 10798 * 10799 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 10800 * request to add links to the association is done. 10801 */ 10802 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 10803 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 10804 10805 /** 10806 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 10807 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 10808 * 10809 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 10810 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 10811 * hold anymore. 10812 */ 10813 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10814 10815 /** 10816 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 10817 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 10818 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 10819 */ 10820 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 10821 10822 /** 10823 * cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif - Notify about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW) 10824 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10825 * @chan: DW channel (6, 44 or 149) 10826 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10827 */ 10828 void cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10829 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 10830 10831 /** 10832 * cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined - Notify about NAN cluster join 10833 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10834 * @cluster_id: Cluster ID of the NAN cluster that was joined or started 10835 * @new_cluster: Indicates if this is a new cluster or an existing one 10836 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10837 * 10838 * This function is used to notify user space when a NAN cluster has been 10839 * joined, providing the cluster ID and a flag whether it is a new cluster. 10840 */ 10841 void cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10842 const u8 *cluster_id, bool new_cluster, 10843 gfp_t gfp); 10844 10845 /** 10846 * cfg80211_nan_ulw_update - Notify user space about ULW update 10847 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10848 * @ulw: Pointer to the ULW blob data 10849 * @ulw_len: Length of the ULW blob in bytes 10850 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10851 * 10852 * This function is used by drivers to notify user space when the device's 10853 * ULW (Unaligned Schedule) blob has been updated. User space can use this 10854 * blob to attach to frames sent to peers. 10855 */ 10856 void cfg80211_nan_ulw_update(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10857 const u8 *ulw, size_t ulw_len, gfp_t gfp); 10858 10859 /** 10860 * cfg80211_nan_channel_evac - Notify user space about NAN channel evacuation 10861 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10862 * @chandef: Pointer to the channel definition of the NAN channel that was 10863 * evacuated 10864 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10865 * 10866 * This function is used by drivers to notify user space when a NAN 10867 * channel has been evacuated (i.e. ULWed) due to channel resource conflicts 10868 * with other interfaces. 10869 * This can happen when another interface sharing the channel resource with NAN 10870 * needs to move to a different channel (e.g. due to channel switch or link 10871 * switch). User space may reconfigure the local schedule to exclude the 10872 * evacuated channel. 10873 */ 10874 void cfg80211_nan_channel_evac(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10875 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10876 gfp_t gfp); 10877 10878 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 10879 /** 10880 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 10881 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10882 * @file: the file being read 10883 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 10884 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10885 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 10886 * @count: read count 10887 * @ppos: read position 10888 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10889 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 10890 * 10891 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 10892 */ 10893 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10894 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10895 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10896 loff_t *ppos, 10897 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10898 struct file *file, 10899 char *buf, 10900 size_t bufsize, 10901 void *data), 10902 void *data); 10903 10904 /** 10905 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 10906 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10907 * @file: the file being written to 10908 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 10909 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10910 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 10911 * @count: read count 10912 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10913 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 10914 * 10915 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 10916 */ 10917 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10918 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10919 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10920 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10921 struct file *file, 10922 char *buf, 10923 size_t count, 10924 void *data), 10925 void *data); 10926 #endif 10927 10928 /** 10929 * cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz - get S1G chandef start frequency 10930 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10931 * 10932 * Return: the chandefs starting frequency in KHz 10933 */ 10934 static inline u32 10935 cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10936 { 10937 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10938 u32 center_khz = 10939 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10940 return center_khz - bw_mhz * 500 + 500; 10941 } 10942 10943 /** 10944 * cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz - get S1G chandef end frequency 10945 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10946 * 10947 * Return: the chandefs ending frequency in KHz 10948 */ 10949 static inline u32 10950 cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10951 { 10952 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10953 u32 center_khz = 10954 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10955 return center_khz + bw_mhz * 500 - 500; 10956 } 10957 10958 /** 10959 * cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling - retrieve the sibling 1MHz subchannel 10960 * for an S1G chandef using a 2MHz primary channel. 10961 * @wiphy: wiphy the channel belongs to 10962 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10963 * 10964 * When chandef::s1g_primary_2mhz is set to true, we are operating on a 2MHz 10965 * primary channel. The 1MHz subchannel designated by the primary channel 10966 * location exists within chandef::chan, whilst the 'sibling' is denoted as 10967 * being the other 1MHz subchannel that make up the 2MHz primary channel. 10968 * 10969 * Returns: the sibling 1MHz &struct ieee80211_channel, or %NULL on failure. 10970 */ 10971 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 10972 cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10973 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10974 { 10975 int width_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10976 u32 pri_1mhz_khz, sibling_1mhz_khz, op_low_1mhz_khz, pri_index; 10977 10978 if (!chandef->s1g_primary_2mhz || width_mhz < 2) 10979 return NULL; 10980 10981 pri_1mhz_khz = ieee80211_channel_to_khz(chandef->chan); 10982 op_low_1mhz_khz = cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(chandef); 10983 10984 /* 10985 * Compute the index of the primary 1 MHz subchannel within the 10986 * operating channel, relative to the lowest 1 MHz center frequency. 10987 * Flip the least significant bit to select the even/odd sibling, 10988 * then translate that index back into a channel frequency. 10989 */ 10990 pri_index = (pri_1mhz_khz - op_low_1mhz_khz) / 1000; 10991 sibling_1mhz_khz = op_low_1mhz_khz + ((pri_index ^ 1) * 1000); 10992 10993 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, sibling_1mhz_khz); 10994 } 10995 10996 10997 /** 10998 * cfg80211_incumbent_signal_notify - Notify userspace of incumbent signal detection 10999 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 11000 * @chandef: channel definition in which the interference was detected 11001 * @signal_interference_bitmap: bitmap indicating interference across 20 MHz segments 11002 * @gfp: allocation context for message creation and multicast; pass GFP_ATOMIC 11003 * if called from atomic context (e.g. firmware event handler), otherwise 11004 * GFP_KERNEL 11005 * 11006 * Use this function to notify userspace when an incumbent signal is detected on 11007 * the operating channel in the 6 GHz band. The notification includes the 11008 * current channel definition and a bitmap representing interference across 11009 * the operating bandwidth. Each bit in the bitmap corresponds to a 20 MHz 11010 * segment, with the lowest bit representing the lowest frequency segment. 11011 * Punctured sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure but are always 11012 * set to zero since interference detection is not performed on them. 11013 */ 11014 void cfg80211_incumbent_signal_notify(struct wiphy *wiphy, 11015 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 11016 u32 signal_interference_bitmap, 11017 gfp_t gfp); 11018 11019 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 11020